Home

Installation and User`s Manual - Max-Planck

1. y px Figure 35 Pattern distribution of effective pixel time as a function of Hawaii 2 pixel position The transformation of the two axes directions to the FITS and image coordinates depends on the currently active CAM_DETROT90 and CAM_DETXYFLIP parameters Section 3 2 pixel location in the detector Note that if hardware subwindowing is used these time axes can be squeezed considerably and become a more complicated function of placement and size of the windows on the chips If instead the windows are only established by slicing the images by software on the GEIRS computer the pixel timing is the same as for the full frame readout This way of obtaining the information in windows by pure software postprocessing is not much relevant in practise To visualise the timing across the detector chips one may actually take an exposure in the single frame read mode sfr under rather strong illumination with the default shortest exposure time Because this readout mode resets all chips of the detector at almost the same time and then starts reading the pixels in their channeled order the actual exposure time is zero for the pixels read out early and longest for the pixels read out last Just looking at the FITS image at sufficient contrast then displays bars of brightness variations along each readout channel 8 8 Bright Sources If the illumination on the detector is
2. mm telescope focus deg cassegrain position rel to NSEW fits ct dither step ct exposure read counter macro template name ms ms us ns pixel read selection ns pixel skip selection ns line skip selection read cycle type idle to read transition idle cyle type 02 single corr read save cycle type 50 1000 1001 370302 0 000999 4 BPNRPROR NN A XX 5 OS gt 1 2048 2049 4096 gt 5 2044 5 2044 px xrange and yrange of science data unknown 1 gt 1 4096 1 4096 NNNNR RRRP ORR RRR RNNNN N 2048 2048 299805 685547 685547 685547 199785 744141 744141 744141 699951 193359 193359 193359 199707 199707 199707 199707 O O O YN MND YX gt Y Y Y SS gt ss Ss Soo cycle type parameter s on chip integration time s read mode cycle time Hz read mode cycle rate ct of hardware coadds ct electronic multi sampling ct of coadded plateaus periods ct of software coadds of 50 saved ct effective coadds total px xrange and yrange of window of 1 saved px x range yrange of full frame px single chip pixels in x px single chip pixels in y V external bias 2355 V external bias 2750 V external bias 2750 V external bias 2750 V det bias voltage DSUB 2614 V det bias voltage DSUB 3800 V det bias voltage DSUB
3. 1369 904 2651 Radius fs Ef cuts center 1369 904 chpx 115673 89 904 cl h 18 p 0 pixel 1368 905 chrr TEE pak ch 18 p 0 2770 Max Cut Y NR Ay ANN HW w y AUN mh O 8500 1 59021 8351 70 0 2600 2650 2700 2750 of ES 34 831 602 1195 96 y2 2827 94 60000 80000 100000 120000 14000 8750 00 2678 51 Figure 22 Plots derived from the Display GUI after OK in Figure 21 67 Sets the display range to cover 67 of the full dynamic range of the data 90 Sets the display range to cover 90 of the full dynamic range of the data med3 Sets the display from mean 30 to mean 30 med5 Sets the display from mean 50 to mean 50 3 10 Sets the display from mean 30 to mean 100 minmax Sets the display range to cover the full dynamic range of the data e Min Cut and Max Cut These windows show the current minimum and maximum levels used for the display They will automatically update each time a new image is displayed except if using the Cuts option e Single R Sum R Ave TotSum TotAve Figure 24 Single will display each individual read as it comes off the camera R sum Adds as many images as implied by the integer parameter of the auxiliary entry with a boxcar selection of the range If the integer parameter equals 1 this is effectively the same as Single This type of sliding average is used in
4. for w in 1 2 3 4 5 os system cmd_nirva_new subwin SW 1 str w 128 os system cmd_nirva_new subwin on auto os system cmd_nirva_new read os system cmd_nirva_new sync os system cmd_nirva_new save i os system cmd_nirva_new sync os system cmd_nirva_new subwin clear os system cmd_nirva_new subwin off In the more familiar bash shell an example might look like bin bash for jail j echo starting snd_panic_new snd_panic_new snd_panic_new sleep 10 snd_panic_new lt 10 exposure j read sync save sync echo done exposure done 5 5 Shell Commands j do gt str w 128 128 128 After installation of the manual pages Section 2 6 2 the following documents of programs in the Linux shell are available by calling man 1 of which we show the first pages 82 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 GENERIC 1 GEIRS GENERIC 1 NAME GENERIC GEIRS startup script SYNOPSIS start_nirva_new iwin gui disp cmd start_nirva iwin gui disp cmd start_nirva_old iwin gui disp cmd start_luci2_new iwin gui disp cmd start_luci2 iwin gui disp cmd start_luci2_old iwin gui disp cmd start_lucil_new iwin gui disp cmd start_lucil iwin gui disp cmd start_lucil_old iwin gui
5. If you use the interactive mode the outputs in the shell are blocked after 19 lines until you enter lt RET gt Default is yes All shell outputs are blocking if you use interactive yes and you may loose messages in the shell output ring buffer if you set interactive no Chapter 32 kill 16 31 itime type USER syntax itime time stdout stderr o ffset sec m ultiple sec Set the integration time to time seconds Without any argument it prints the actual integration time status This command is rejected while the camera is busy i e while readout or wheel motions are in progress unless it is only a query of the current parameters Hence a previous call to sync may be needed in non interactive modes for example in macros see Chapter 67 sync page 39 If either the option stdout or stderr is added the value is additionally printed to the associated output stream only useful if called as cmd_xxx itime stdout The options o and m are setting adjusting factor and offset which are used until the value s are set to 0 0 according to formula used itime m ultiple adjustment o ffset o 0 0313 sets adding of constant offset of 0 0313 seconds m 0 020 sets adjusting itime to a multiple of 0 020 seconds Rule adjusted itime always gt given itime Exception adjusted time value lt minimal integration time will always set the minimal integration time Note These va
6. tlMesCtype 66 46 4 dee de eA eg athe eee en PE wk ee BE eS 98 5 7 3 crep set savepath next ee 98 5 7 4 save multiple times sample up the ramp 20 4 99 5 7 5 subwindows multi extension FITS files 99 5 8 Python Wrapper 04 04 0 4 24 8400408 63 He OR ee ae dee eS 100 6 FITS OUTPUT 103 6 1 Illustrative Example 2 4 4 4 2 494 84 GD Oe Ree ee ee sa 103 6 2 Online Keyword Modification o s c s ee oea a a bb Reed 4 ds as 106 6 3 Optional Cleanup s 242585 52 uea bbe eels bd eek GEE a i 106 6 4 GEIRS Core Keywords s os eg 2 ae be as ee A Ea pe Ew ee RS 107 6o Image Location esmas ade e eb 8 p e e ew bed GA AS 112 O 6 Guide Mode xo eh Be 44 Be oe oS Oe Ee Nee wee en ee A 114 7 MOTOR CONFIGURATION 117 Moe HUGG eo aa See ashes Se ce Geel Got de eee BS Ee esos ee ew oe es ee N 117 TL 2 iaee are A AN 117 Walled AA TOS den 8 152 asa ee de we Gh a Se es ee ee aa da 119 ele3 Clements 6 be ee Ea Blk OB HE BH a ee Ge eh eee eS 119 T2 PANIC Specie se sesa tnea ek ee OE Ee ee Om eh ee eS 120 7 3 Concurrent Telescope Moves 1 0 a 120 8 EXPOSURE TIME 121 8 1 Nomenclatures sapi 428 we eke eh ee ee Bs hE te amp ede fee aE ack e 121 8 2 Lir with idle break s sa bis give een dled Ge he wa eee we dhe eee 121 8 3 Trewithidle break o poce 454845 446866524 e Pe De nee EG 122 oA mer with idle br ak s cuore 24 Bo we eee a ee eS eh we G 122 8 Sir with idl b
7. INSTALL If you are an inexperienced user or are installing GEIRS on unsupported Linux flavors save a log file so the installation process can be inspected later on INSTALL amp gt INSTALL log This is all done under a generic non privileged Unix Linux account The INSTALL script will ask for permissions to modify two binaries that have just been compiled with a sudo 1 com mand For test environment where GEIRS runs the data acquistion in simulation mode this is superfluous and the INSTALL requiest may just be cancelled with CTRL C For produc tion code at the telescope it is recommended to set the permissions to stabilize the real time behaviour of the data acquistion This needs of the order of five minutes This means there is no reason to cheat the installation by copying binaries or setting links or symbolic links between various Unix Linux accounts This tar ball and the compilation step is the same for all instruments supported by GEIRS Note that many links to the scripts directory are not installed by this step of the compi lation installation but at the time when GEIRS is started The simple reason is that the scripts that are available should be those depending on the GEIRS version that is run not on the most recently compiled version The decision on which instrument is started configured is not done at compile time but later at startup time The detector patterns are obtained by one or more of the following de
8. Return telescope name and TECS status read from SW database which means it might not be up to date the current one The following command series returns a more reliable up to date status information tele get sync tele 0 5 status tele get The tele command in this form without argument and the status tele do not need a sync as they are only reading a status and do not call a tele function 71 telgui type USER syntax telgui x xserver font Starts a graphical user interface GUI to the telescope Only used for Calar Alto instru ments that control telescope pointing via GEIRS e x X terminal or X server name to connect to e f font name for menus and buttons 72 tempcontrol type USER syntax tempc on x xserver font Starts the LakeShore temperature controller and logger Only used for instruments that are actually controling such a device via GEIRS e x X display name where the window is created e g xt28 0 e f font family for the display e g lucida 73 temphistory type USER syntax temph file x timel time2 f timel y temp1 temp2 d xserver Same syntax and actions as for tempp see Chapter 74 tempplot page 45 Chapter 75 test 45 74 tempplot type USER syntax tempp file x timel time2 Hf time y temp1 temp2 d xserver Creates a X11 window plotting temperatures from the log file that was created by tempcon Only relevant to some Calar A
9. cd PlxSdk export PLX_SDK_DIR pwd make cleanall if above was done by copying binaries around If this is release 7 00 or earlier add the lines if LINUX_VERSION_CODE gt KERNEL_VERSION 3 7 0 define VM_RESERVED VM_DONTEXPAND VM_DONTDUMP Hendif LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 at the beginning of the file Include Plx_sysdep h This is strictly only needed for Linux kernel versions from 3 7 on as revealed with uname r but it does not harm anyway With the current CentOS 6 4 based on a Linux 2 6 kernel compilation will still work with the PLX SDK 6 50 whereas openSUSE distributions 12 x and higher will need PLX SDK 7 00 or higher Continue with if PLX_SDK_VERSION_MAJOR gt 6 then for release versions 7 00 and higher cd Driver else for release versions up to 6 50 inclusive cd Linux Driver fi buildalldrivers cd PlxApi make clean make Ensure that real time properties are preserved by moving ownership to root and that the general user can read these files while compiling GEIRS find PLX_SDK_DIR type d exec chmod atrx find PLX_SDK_DIR type f exec chmod atr find PLX_SDK_DIR exec chown root find PLX_SDK_DIR exec chgrp root The directory layout is then similar to lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 14 Jan 27 2012 PlxLinux gt PlxLinux_v7 11 drwxr xr x 4 root root 4096 Jan 27 2012 PlxLinux_v7 11 3 To include t
10. det det det det det det det det det det det det det det det det det det det det det det det 199 198 199 200 148 196 186 149 bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias bias temp 41 57 08 09 04 55 93 85 voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage voltage 2013 11 14 C 2013 11 14 C 2013 11 14 C 2013 11 14 C 2013 11 14 C 2013 11 14 C 2013 11 14 C 2013 11 14 C 2013 11 14 VNBIAS VPBIAS VPBIAS VPBIAS VPBIAS VNCASC VNCASC VNCASC VNCASC VPCASC VPCASC VPCASC VPCASC OOO OR OR a DE ORO OOO 0 VBIASOUTBUF O VBIASOUTBUF O VBIASOUTBUF O VBIASOUTBUF O REFSAMPLE REFSAMPLE REFSAMPLE REFSAMPLE REFCOLBUF REFCOLBUF REFCOLBUF REFCOLBUF sensor A 10272 15 C sensor B 10272 C Pa 3 720e 09 bar ct of 09 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 00 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 0 TO O OTO O monitrd loc t Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Sensor Nov 8 2013 17 33 58 Panic_r73M text example of add PANIC keyword ONOOFWNE This is generated by running PANIC because the number of keywords is roughly a maxim
11. export CAMHOME HOME GEIRS assumes default directory layout export INFOPATH INFOPATH 1s 1d CAMHOME share info tail 1 20 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 into the HOME bash_login such that info camera of info 1 will also find the help file of Section 5 3 2 6 8 Sound Configuration GEIRS generates sound by playing the audio files in CAMHOME lt branch gt admin au at certain events unless 1 the sound level within GEIRS is set to zero in the Options submenue in Figure 6 or with the sound command Section 5 3 2 the sound is muted with the sound mixer application on the user s desktop 3 GEIRS runs on a remote computer and sound is not forwarded to the user s desktop Section A 3 4 the environment variable CAMAUDIOPLAY was not set in the startup scripts History shows that the people who install GEIRS usually fail to test and install their remote sound configuration on the GEIRS workstation so the sound volume is initially switched to zero for new users to avoid any followup problems If the setup is not installed properly and sound is switched on measured according to the criteria listed above it will likely happen that at the first time a sound is configured to be played the system call to play that sound will crash which will trigger a followup error because this will attempt to play crash au which will not succeed and eventually turn into
12. in scripts GENERIC The divisor is basically 1024 to convert kilo bytes to mega bytes multiplied by some rather arbitrary small factor of the order of 1 or 2 It might be adjusted if concurrent data acquisitions more than one GEIRS session are run by multiple users or for multiple ROEs at the same time This sets an upper limit of the number of frames and images that can be acquired without intermediate save operations CAM_IDSTR A string generally used in frames of GUIs CAM_NDET Number of infrared chips and with the exception of PANIC and CARMENES always 1 If the parameter is set to 1 for CARMENES the GEIRS software will treat the entire readout system as if only the SCA1 detector were present triggering only the ADCs on one of the two ROE boards receiving data only through one of the two fibers showing only a 2048 x 2048 image and so on CAM_ROE_FWSYNC_TLIMIT CAM_DETROT90 A number from 0 up to 3 inclusive to trigger rotations of the detector image by a multiple of 90 degrees to the right The fact that these rotations are clockwise is a consequence of GEIRS using a left handed X11 type coordinate system acting on some internal index tables Defining a value of zero is equivalent to not setting the variable at all such that GEIRS falls back to the default of a non rotated output This effects both the views within the engineering GUI s described in this manuscript as well as the pixel distribution in the FITS files The var
13. is a float e d value is a double e s value is a char 48 2 named syntax put varname element value varname2 element2 value A set of variables held in the shared memory data base may be put set The names have to match the names in the data base in full abbreviating names is not supported When varname is an array all array elements are set to value In this case it is almost always better to adress a single element of the array with the element index In the instrument shell a TAB will autocomplete or list the applicable varnames 70 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Chapter 52 repeat 26 49 pwd type USER syntax pwd Prints the current directory for the save operation UNIX style and the free space in Mbytes 50 quit type USER syntax quit macro If used without argument the server leaves the command shell and terminates all subpro cesses the image display the control GUI telescope GUIs read and save processes In that way it is synonymous to exit The effect of adding the argument macro within a macro is to leave the macro but not to terminate GEIRS 51 read type USER syntax read c Read crep images according to the current cycle type which means start the program on the ROE and read the data into the two buffers on the workstation If the ROE is in simulation create some fake images ins
14. o fitsout eps fitsIn fits fitsIn fits The option N followed by a positive integer number can be used to specify the number of bins to be generated If not provided the program uses a default The option m followed by a number is the minimum number on the horizontal axis which delimits the Version trunk r748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2015 1 fitsort 1 GEIRS fitsort 1 NAME fitsort list selected FITS header values from a set of FITS files SYNOPSIS dfits fitsort d KEY KEY2 OPTIONS d means that fitsort does not print the header line with the FITS keywords DESCRIPTION The standard input of fitsort must be the output of the dfits 1 command The program prints a spreadsheet table with tab separated columns which shows for each of the FITS files row by row lines with the values of the specified keywords listed side by side This answers quickly a question like what have been the integration times for the exposures in the FITS files EXAMPLES dfits fits fitsort ITIME RA Version trunk 1748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2015 geirs_cleanup 1 GEIRS geirs_cleanup 1 NAME geirs_cleanup remove residual GEIRS components left over by a previous run SYNOPSIS geirs_cleanup v t al p catmpdir OPTIONS v leads to more verbose output of the actions t tests whether any actions would be taken without actually executing them This is a dry run a Removes also temporary files The set of files that are concerned are the
15. roe swms 0 roe pxllns 7 roe shortint 0 roe simadc 0 Nirvanamathar gt subwin subwin off CHW windowing enabled Hw windowing is off with 0 active of 0 set HW wins 0 act pixels SW windowing is off with 0 active of 0 set SWewins 0 act pixels OK Nirvanamathar gt 1s aa0001 fits aa0002 fits aa0003 fits gain_licntsr_10_0005 fits gain_licntsr_14_0005 fits gain_licntsr_18_0005 fits gain_licntsr_22_0005 fits gain_licntsr_2_0005 fits gain_licntsr_6_0005 fits Nirvanamathar gt read INFO rsim creating simulated data oK Nirvanamathar gt sh aumix command not found ish aumix command not found simu READBUF 1 read time used 2 689 sec read terminated ok Nirvanamathar gt 1s aa0001 fits aa0002 fits aa0003 fits gain_licntsr_10_0005 fits gain_licntsr_14_0005 fits gain_licntsr_18_0005 fits gain_licntsr_22_0005 fits gain_licntsr_2_0005 fits gain_licntsr_6_0005 fits Nirvanamathar gt save fhome mathar DATA aa0004 fits sh aumix command not found sh aumix command not found DEBUG save real time used 0 0795 seconds save terminated ok OK Nirvanamathar gt Ml Figure 10 The command interpreter started with the Module gt New Instrument Shell menu of Figure 6 e the user name on the host machine are migrated attempt to show a source code revision number the file and line number in the source code the function in t
16. 4 An intermediate test of the functionality is that pulseaudio works on the local machine to be tested by copying a sound file to that machine and playing it with paplay au 5 Tell the server on the local workstation to accept the stream from the remote workstation The least fuzzy way is to forward that information by accessing the remote computer with the X switch of the ssh such that the cookie appears on the remote computer which can be checked with xprop root fgrep PULSE on the remote computer If this information does not show up on the remote machine either start pulseaudio X11 or more painfully uncommenting the load module module x11 publish in etc pulse default pa on the local machine before calling the ssh may be needed The files HOME pulse cookie in the home directories of the two computers seem to be no longer in use 6 If alsa is used on the remote workstation tell it to feed the output into its pulseaudio The appropriate configuration is probably already in etc asound pulse conf on the remote workstation 138 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 PulseAudio plugin configuration pem default type pulse hint show on description Default ALSA Output currently PulseAudio Sound Server fallback sysdefault ctl default type pulse fallback sysdefault Since the reverse feeding of the pulseaudio channel to the alsa channel is
17. After the test exposure the previous file root name is restored unless Test is activated again The purpose is to separate one time test exposures and a stream of regular exposures easily by file name in the directory of the operating system Object is the object name which is written into the FITS header under the keyword OBJECT for the current image It will be updated automatically if object selection is done through object files recommended or can be changed by hand LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 43 Sky Clicking on the sky button writes a sky flag into the FITS header but otherwise has no effect Comment to be included in the FITS header Macro Specifies a macro file with a list of GEIRS shell commands to be executed by the macro parser If the filename has the recommended suffix mac the filename may be specified without the mac extension The macro file must be in the MACROS directory specified under the macro path in the options menu see above or otherwise be specified by the full path name Please refer to Section 5 for the macro syntax and commands Specification of the macro just provides the file name the macro is not started yet but with the button right to the entry field Execute Pause and Abort control the execution of observing macros reads and running programs Note that if a pause or abort is issued the macro will continue executing u
18. Again paprefs is called on the remote workstation but not enabling any of the options in the submenues paprefs can alternatively be called from the Desktop menue via System gt Configuration PulseAudio Preferences These calls modify the HOME gconf system pulseaudio files on the two computers and called from there with the aid of the module gconf in etc sound default pa 2 Enable pulseaudio either with setup pulseaudio enable or with sbin yast2 under System gt etc sysconfig Editor Hardware gt Soundcard gt PulseAudio such that the PULSEAUDIO_ENABLE yes appears in etc sysconfig sound LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 137 3 On the remote computer the pulseaudio server needs to run This can be checked with ps C pulseaudio and is generally implemented by a non comment line of the format autospawn yes in etc pulse client conf If this does not work start the pulseaudio server on the remote computer manually pulseaudio start and if this is refused with pulseaudio D This might be included in the scripts GENERIC of the GEIRS startup because the call is harmless if the server is already running On the local computer it probably is running already because this would have detected the sound card pactl info If one of the pulseaudio is not running aplay or paplay will show misleading error mes sages of the form connection refused
19. Everything from the first up to the end of line is chopped before the line is executed If the first character in a line is a the entire line will be ignored Macros refuse to start if any motor motion read save or telescope command are currently active Chapter 39 median 21 39 median type ENG syntax median r aw Estdout or stderr n1 n2 xl y1 x2 y2 Calculates the median of images n1 through n2 Default is all images The options starting with must be the first parameters i e must follow right after the command and before the indices of the images n 12 or the FITS coordinate specification of the rectangle xy 12 The four parameters of the rectangle coordinates may be given with or without the two parameters of the frame range If the corner coordinates of the rectangle are not provided all pixels of the image are covered Results are appended to the file CAMTMP median log The difference relative to the output in the message buffer and in the standard output or standard error output is that the file contains also the integration time sec in front of the median value Options e stdout stderr prints the medians also to the standard output or the standard error output of the shell of the operating system Note that this forking of the numbers to the linux shell is disabled for GEIRS running on computers with MPIA IP addresses because printing to standard error output may l
20. Ka Figure 25 Telescope control window Virtual control of the telescope such as moving to an absolute position or offsetting from the current position is done on the telescope control panel The basic information from the telescope such as airmass UT and current telescope position is also displayed here This GUI panel should start automatically when the GUI is first initialized If not you can call it up from the camera control window Fig 6 in the menu Modules gt Telescope GEIRS keeps some basic set of telescope parameters for the displays and for inclusion in FIT S header keywords This set of values is not necessarily up to date because GEIRS reads the parameters from the EPICS interface only if it itself has forwarded one of the telescope commands and if that action terminated successfully GEIRS does not poll telescope parameters which means any change of pointing coordinates or focus offset and so on by any commands that bypass GEIRS will not be reflected correctly in GEIRS GUPs or FITS files up to the next telescope command File Menu 56 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 e Airmass Graphical display of the current airmass and plot of the airmass history for the currently set object Section 4 3 5 e Close Closes the telescope control panel of Figure 25 This window can be restarted from the modules menu on the camera control panel Figure 6 or by the telegui co
21. Resets then reads the detector line by line There is a single read of each pixel in this idle pattern so this is basically clocking once through the chips in half the time relative to the Lir idle mode 4 Reset Reset only Executes a series of resets No reads are involved and therefore these idle mode cycles are the quickest available With the exception of PANIC the default is Lir for all instruments The idle patterns are unaware of any of the three possible subwindow sets of the current read mode Section 5 6 1 which means timing and resets in the idle cycles are equivalent to full frame handling of all chips The associated command is idlemode in Section 5 3 Read Mode The different read modes available are described in detail elsewhere 4 For standard broad band observing this should normally be left at the initial default of the instrument which is lir for LN The GUI sends a ctype command of Section 5 to the command interpreter shell IT s is the integration time in seconds The detector is clocked with a rate of 100 kHz resulting in a minimum integration time of 2048 x 2048 pixels 2 frames 32 channels l 100 kHz Y full frame or line by line I cannot tell RJM 2015 08 03 2 7 sec 1 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 41 in full frame mode that reads two frames this accumulates 2 7 sec like in Figure 6 cycT s is the total time for one read cycle i
22. e fill an ASCII file with the srre configuration windows and auxiliary parameters prior to the next call of a read in srre mode if this is different from the previous exposure The set of windows in this file replaces any previously defined set of windows old windows are forgotten GEIRS does not remember the previous setup in practise only the headers of old FITS files reveal old window sets via the RESWN keywords Section 6 In that sense the new file contains a complete set for the next exposures There is no interface for an incremental replacement deletion or increment of individual windows e transform that ASCII file to five associated pattern files in the aforementioned CAMINFO directory with a call to geirs_srreConfig prior to calling the read Note that the next read in the srre mode will then trigger an upload of a new pattern to the ROE and therefore need roughly 10 to 20 seconds depending on network latencies number of windows and so on before the actual read process starts Alternatively one can append the configuration file name to the argument list of the ctype srre after the number of reads each time it has been changed This generates the pattern files and loads them to the ROE The configuration file looks like a FITS template file and contains lines of the following format e WIN idx xstrt xend ystrt yend A set of 1 based reset window specifications in the stan dard FITS syntax with ranges along the h
23. home mathar tmp last updated with each new frame RAWF F create FITS files VERB T include full FITS information SUBSAMP 3 dump not all but each 3rd frame skip 2 CALLB touch tmp mathar cbfd shallow log trace of callbacks COMMENT end of xample file If the keyword above were changed to RAWF T files of 2 61 201 31 201 36984 bytes would be created 61 sky type USER syntax sky filename Chapter 65 status 35 62 sleep type ENG syntax sleep Suspend execution of shell macro for seconds This is the same as with sync none default about 2 seconds 63 sndwin type USER syntax sndwin Opens the sound selector window You may also set the volume and the output channel 64 sound type USER syntax sound on off o speaker headphone v 0 100 Enables disables sound after some operations like read filter aperture lyot telescope macro or as a warning if the saturation check is on Default is off e o output headphone speaker e v volume 1 100 With some audio players only the default volume and speaker is available See the envi ronemnt CAMAUDIOPLAY e g aplay for linux and CAMAUDIOMIX e g aumix for linux to control main volume Without parameters sound prints the sound status 65 status type USER syntax status syntax status a syntax status f cfg name syntax status sub status str sub status str Only one
24. keywords of the forthcoming FITS header all in one step A set of proposals for such configuration files on a per instrument basis is in CAMHOME branch admin geirsPhduAdd in the source code 6 3 Optional Cleanup ie The most important aspect of this list of keywords is that although GEIRS has no informa tion on the telescope pointing and status in the LBT or CARMENES environment it has inserted information on the primary star coordinates RA DEC and a set of derived information including ALT AZ PARANG HA AIRMASS and OBJECT This behavior is actually triggered by starting the soft ware setting the telescope control system to the offline mode Figure 4 All of this information is a consistent but randomly simulated and invalid set of data and needs to be removed replaced by a software that has this information For LN this layer of the software would use the IIF of the TCS LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 107 A second set of telescope and optics related variables which is not useful in the LBT context consists of WPOS FILTER FILTERS T_FOCUS TEMP_A TEMP_B PRESS1 PRESS2 all of which stem from CAHA methods and all of which should also be deleted unless the instrument is PANIC Another task is to translate the remaining keywords to match any particular FITS dictionary applicable to the instrument or observatory This cleanup and translation is typically done by putting the keywor
25. within GEIRS Further external packages cfitsio CCfits texinfo sofa and parallel in the GEIRS branch extern subdirectory are compiled later with the main source code If the com pilation of cfitsio does not suceed because no acceptable Fortran compiler is found this may mean that usr bin gfortran is missing Use zypper search fortran zypper install gcc fortran gcc48 fortran to install the packages or the equivalent yum on CentOS 2 2 Obtaining the Source Code and Patterns e With subversion SVN the current read potentially unreliable source is extracted with a script like LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 13 export CAMHOME HOME GEIRS mkdir p CAMHOME cd CAMHOME mkdir p INFO MACROS CATS OBJECTS export a branch or the trunk of svn cd CAMHOME svn checkout https svn mpia de gulli geirs src branches cst cst cd CAMHOME svn checkout https svn mpia de gulli geirs src branches rjm rjm cd CAMHOME svn checkout https svn mpia de gulli geirs src trunk trunk e If otherwise the source code is available in a gzipped tar ball move this into the CAMHOME subdirectory of the observer Linux account who will start and run GEIRS and eventually generate the FITS files with the data Prepare for the compilation by unbundling it and compile the source code cd CAMHOME unxz c _r tar xz tar x cd move into the new _r M source directory to be compiled
26. 02 20 home staff DATA carmen 2015 02 24 home staff DATA carmen 2015 02 26 HHH A Cc CO oser o wos E AE pareo o ee E ES pemme he he o eh a E C E CCA E CAE O CO O E ES REaDmoDE fo y savemoDe eo le O E UE E E ES Feamenum elo e jomsepoch eo jr O E CINES CAT E ES AT E UE AT E ES A E UNES CAT E ES TS E UE O E IO E ON E CS O E ES nasz o omoro E ES O E E TT E ES E ESC E ES pencrsoo elo epen o v CA E CU E A E CAES III ES CUE IE E ES nome mathar work GEIRS trunk nightLog csv Cancel Figure 38 The GUI called in by fits2csv LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 145 A 6 4 FTOOLS The heatools mentioned at many places in this manual are compiled as follows 1 Ensure that you have a recent version of compilers of your operating system including gfortran On openSUSE for example use sbin yast2 the software management and look into the RPM group under Development Languages Fortran You may also need to install the libxt devl package such that X11 Intrinsics h is known 2 Download the source code from the download page Select the Source code CentOS or openSUSE not any precompiled binaries and select the General Use FTOOLS and click Submit Download everything roughly 80 MB to HOME heasoft 6 16src tar gz 3 Unbundle with cd HOME rm rf heasoft 6 16 tar xzf heasoft 6 16src tar gz 4 cd heasoft 6 16 cd BUILD
27. 112131415 OFF syntax lamp L 1121314 ON syntax lamp L5 ON 112131 9 The command is only available if GEIRS is started for PANIC Controls the calibration lamps by executing geirs_lamp sh with the syntax of the common rflat CAHA command The rflat is executed on ultra3 if GEIRS is started with TELESCOPE set to CA2 2m and on ultral if set to 3 5m It seems that the rflat does not trigger any telescope motion The geirs_lamp sh also writes the lamp status into a file which is scanned by GEIRS each time a new FITS file header is created All lamps can be switched off at once with the argument ALLOFF Lamps 1 to 5 can be individually switched on or off Lamp 5 can be switched on to a specific power which is indicated by small integer numbers in the range 1 to 9 Examples lamp ALLOFF lamp L3 OFF lamp L4 ON lamp L5 ON 3 34 last type USER syntax last destfile Returns the filename of the most recent image that was saved and stores the filename into destfile Relative path names are interpreted relative to the GEIRS start directory This is considered a bug and may change in the future Without the parameter the filename is added to the file geirsLstFile in the directory CAMTMP which usually is tmp 35 load type USER syntax load filename n incr Loads n single FITS files into the shared memory starting with the filename given Only images in the primary header data unit can be read If
28. 17h16m54 8784 ZD mathar r disp 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8785 ZD mathar r disp 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8785 ZD mathar r disp 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8786 ZD mathar r disp 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8787 ZD mathar r disp 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8824 ZD mathar r disp 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8829 ZD mathar r disp c ccbxlib c 1514 CCB_AllocateStdColors TDEBUG pixel 0XxFFODDOFF rgb colors blue 0 0 65535 oprinal 0 0 65535 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8829 ZD mathar r disp c cstxlib c 686 CST_GetColormap TDEBUG Behind StdColors allocation 256 nofcolors 100 wanted c c disp c 903 main TDEBUG before ORATIO oWIDE 128 c c c c c c c 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8830 ZD mathar r disp c disp c 1224 main TDEBUG before FillPixels numcols 90 c c c c c c c disp c 914 main TDEBUG after LPx 471 gt iWIDE IWx 515 oWIDE 128 disp c 931 main TDEBUG overview size 128x128 ORATIO 16 fval oW Xdim 0 062500 disp c 948 main TDEBUG overview size 128x128 ORATIO 16 oW Xdim 0 062500 disp c 1052 main TDEBUG found 0 badpixels for Nirvana disp c 1055 main TDEBUG found O refpixels for Nirvana cstxlib c 504 CST_GetColormap TDEBUG wanted colors 100 100 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8843 ZD mathar r disp c disp c 1267 main TDEBUG new window 92274820 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8844 ZD mathar r disp c cstxfont c 84 CST_FontQueryLoad DEBUG Using font pattern helvetica bo1 dr 14M 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8848 ZD mathar r disp c cstxfont c 8
29. 2005 URL http fits gsfc nasa gov iaufwg 9 R L White P Greenfield A scheme for compressing floating point images Vol 172 of As tronomical Data Analysis and Systems ASP 1999 p 125 10 J Panduro V Naranjo Linc nirvana science detector readout mode comparison Tech rep LN MPIA TN ELEC 007 19 Oct 2012 URL https svn mpia de trac gulli 1n archive Archive LNDocumentation TechnicalNotes TN Electronics includingdetectors ELEC LN MPIA TN ELEC 007 ScienceDetecorReadModeComparison LN MPIA TN ELEC 007 pdf 11 R Blank S Anglin J W Beletic S Bhargava R Bradley C A Cabelli J Chen D Cooper R Demers M Eads M Farris W Lavelle G Luppino E Moore E Piquette R Ricardo M Xu M Zandian Hr2rg focal plane array and camera performance update in A D Holland J W Beletic Eds High energy optical and infrared detectors for astronomy V Vol 8453 of Proc SPIE Int Soc Optical Engineering 2012 p 84531D doi 10 1117 12 926752 12 M L del Fresno J A Caballero CARMENES Final design Data Image headers FDR 11A 01 Feb 2013 6 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 13 N Capitaine M Folgueira J Souchay Earth rotation based on the celestial coordinates of the celestial intermediate pole 1 the dynamical equations Astron Astrophys 445 1 2006 347 360 doi 10 1051 0004 6361 20053778 14 N C P T Wallace High p
30. 39 chars This name is used as password for the privileged commands 42 2 no option syntax observer Prints the current observer s name 43 optics type USER syntax optics wheel position Moves a wheel of the camera optics Without parameter all possible positions and the actual positions are printed optics starts a background process and should be followed by a sync when used in a macro Chapter 45 pipe 24 44 pause type USER syntax pause macro Stops any command execution only continue or kill will be executed With option macro pause will only get active if a macro is found running Commands macro will be continued by entering the continue command or may be aborted by abort 45 pipe type SUPER syntax pipe nowait list timeout secs command par par2 Send command and parameters directly to the camera electonics In the simple format no interpreation or limit checking is performed e n owait just send command but do not wait for any answer llist interprets the command and optionally any of the further parameters as the name of files with a command list These file names are attached here without their instru ment suffixes The search path is the INFO subdirectory In this format with the list the usual expansion of lines in the files happens removal of comments expansion of the multipliers substiution of variables and so on See the pattern constructor manual for detai
31. AL sObject ie siacenecsasinawanensreree anges sdmsemins 23 41 1 text 23 41 2 gt NO OPUGM ocio ox nose sae 23 AQ ODSCPVER cies kiscnivisiesead isd ensbans eben ads 23 42 1 name 26 history A A e a a CHIT 13 PR A bhoantedad bidsersiaans deneed tae 23 26 1 history 13 A 26 2 previous 13 A is Meranda wieew eden aiaan ds 23 26 3 previous SeaPCh iii cc cccete ccc c sarria cerr 13 44 PAUSE IA 24 27 idlemode cummiociinica noto 13 AB NS 24 28 Mist EEA EE 14 DS CAM ciar ii a 14 46 PREPA Ne 25 28 2 telescope 15 283 WES int dis es vein 15 47 ptime AAA 25 29 NIWINGOW sic oncedee sees ernest poll 15 A 25 AI o EEEE A A TEE ETTE 25 30 interactive 16 6 6 eee 15 EAE o e i a EEEE ISEEN ENTITETET IA ATIE AE 25 SL A irina iorra 16 AD PW r ina n 26 A T CEA A EE S ey 16 E E E E E E Arete N 26 A cnet pe sd ered abel OI EIERR REITTER 17 DL Telas nia 26 B34 last cent ene eee 17 A dageted 26 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 63 E 27 TO telescope s 4c4 202 Er E an EEEE saa br e 42 70 1 absolute 42 54 70 2 relative 13 70 3 focus 43 n 70 4 query 43 DO PEME ccsicsscucnas siacavicanesda wey meee ese aes 28 70 5 extended query 14 706 TECS cu cocoa 14 DO SaaG A ie sddend hewiweedomeyeedeanaes 28 A he mecadas siden naa 44 Dt satcheck cintas niza lt ro E 28 ETA O cane ca E ieee caeentes 28 72 tempconttol occccescsscascerpssssoxsvorpadacs 44 G
32. Configuration The number of these reset windows is limited to 128 per chip which is a limit resulting from the number of reserved registers in the RoCon firmware not the H2 RG There is in addition an effective maximum of the total number of reset windows i on both chips of CARMENES of currently 137 and ii on the single chip of LUCI of currently 83 which are limits set by some line length of 256 words in the RoCon firmware and in the layout of the patterns The current maximum is therefore set to 63 per chip if the source code is compiled outside the MPIA but will not be more than 128 in the future The configuration of the number and location of these reset windows is done with GEIRS by modifying the readout pattern files associated with the srre mode in the CAMINFO subdirectory of the instrument currently in use It is the operator s responsibility to e define the pattern subdirectory that will be used These are typically names like Carmenes_ r6 Luci2 r42 and so on combining an instrument name and svn revision number Because 21We plan to drop the first pair for the Fowler Type of interpretations somewhen in the future for the same reason LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 93 the information of the directory name to be used is actually hidden inside the startup script and this is not scanned easily the current procedure demands explicit knowledge of that directory s name
33. DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 export DATAINPORT1 dev p1x10 start_lucil_new Note that this is just an example Variables will differ for the real instrument depending on hardware configurations In summary all major parameters are equipped with defaults which depend on the instrument If the defaults do not represent the current hardware configuration because someone changed ROE IP addresses re plugged fibers and so on the GEIRS parameters should be changed either with the Linux shell export commands as illustrated above before calling the start script or by modifying them through the startup GUI Section 4 2 3 3 Postprocessing An infinitely rich interface to post processing the data starting pipelines or archival systems is offered by the script or executable located in QueueFiles on the GEIRS computer The file QueueFiles may be anywhere in the PATH but is usually in CAMHOME scripts QueueFiles It is called at the very end of every save command but not at the end of saving the intermediate frames configured by the sfdump command It receives two parameters the file name of the file created by that save command and a number indicating the number of files expected to be created by that save command The latter offers some means to postpone actions in that script for example if GEIRS constructs a series of files with one window per file These two parameters are available in the script
34. FITS files generated from raw frames sub sampled with sfdump here with a sub sampling factor of s 3 in eq Thesis eo eb ee ee a Re RSS 92 Pattern distribution of effective pixel time as a function of Hawaii 2 pixel position The transformation of the two axes directions to the FITS and image coordinates de pends on the currently active CAM_DETROT90 and CAM_DETXYFLIP parameters Section Bde A ae oe Sree SS So ee Ee a 124 Fiber Connectors of the OP IPOD cw ua a PR ae ee 127 Remote sound streaming susor lr HR POs hk ok Goo eee A 136 GUT OF Mts2 sv oa eke dh ee ee eR en EEE at a ee a 144 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 1 1 OVERVIEW 1 1 Design The Generic Infrared Software GEIRS is a software layer written almost entirely in ANSI C which e assembles parameter lists and commands received from its own graphical interface or other supervisor software e translates these into the firmware language patterns of the readout electronics ROE e initializes the readout cycles e and accumulates the frames received from the ADC s of the electronics as FITS files or X11 images The generic attribute of the name illustrates that the core part of the software has been adapted to generations of the MPIA electronics which controlled various infrared detector chips in the past 20 years In consequence the command library is a superset of functionality released for a set of cameras
35. FS 15 2 5 Configuration of the Operating System s eu e aa 6 a eb oe ee ee ees 15 Do Shared Memory se ros fe a ee a noe ee So eek Se we ee ee 15 200 2 PUDETE e s 2 ow aces wee a a cee ae Bh Sa Be eee ae eee aE 16 2 6 User Configuration es sas aie 84 7 a 2 a EES eee a a 16 2 6 1 Directory Layout 4 0er ge ee oe nde eae BE Bale ee ee ates 16 26 2 Path 2 4 22 e845 e Re ee ew eee eee Ree oS 17 2 0 3 Standard Scripts sa saet 454226445 240 soa bad Gea Re be oe RS 18 2 64 Shared Memory e sa ori a AR oo A a a e A 19 26 5 Disk Allocation sp sg ms aa A en ee he ee Se eS 19 2 66 PITS eessen aka 260084 4 oe bade oe ede ee Bee ee ee eR 19 DON Iis e Bote e GG ad He eee ee a Gea ae eee ea BoE oa 19 2 6 8 Sound Configuration e sa se a ela 4 fe a Ree e 20 3 INVOCATION 21 3 1 From workstation or remotely ee 21 3 2 Environment Variables se mt 6 54 eb eee bee eee Be a eee 24 319 POStPLOCESSING o sos s da be eh oo ae SY Oa Oe ee eee eee eae e 30 4 GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE GUI 32 dl Startup Standard e so rios 24 ea8 p 24 46 RSS eee ge SHS os 32 42 Start up Engineering lt i t oe Sb 4 pea ee oe ee eR Re Re ER Bw ee x 35 AS The GUES windows sos dade 6 fob te oO A a le a ee 36 43 1 Camer Control windoW 4 44 240 68 eae Bee eke 36 4 3 2 Command Shell and Log Monitors 2 220004 43 4 3 3 Real time Display 265 468 2 4o 4 4 4 4 90 8 ea a ewe a ee 45 4 3 4 Telescope con
36. Integral Field Unit for Extragalactic Research http www mpe mpg de ir lucifer MEF Multi extension FITS 4 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 MIDAS MPIA MPIfR NIR Munich Image Data Analysis System http www eso org sci software esomidas ftp ftp eso org pub midaspub Max Planck Institut fiir Astronomie Heidelberg http www mpia de Max Planck Institut f r Radioastronomie Bonn http www mpifr bonn mpg de near infrared NIRVANA Near Infrared Visible Adaptive Interferometer for Astronomy NTP OPD OT PANIC PCI PCle PCI X PDF PLX RA RAM RoCon ROE RPM ST SVN TCP TCS URI UT Network Time Protocol http en wikipedia org wiki Network_Time_Protocol optical path difference Online Tool https panic iaa es Panoramic Near Infrared Camera https panic iaa es Peripheral Component Interconnect Peripheral Component Interconnect Express http en wikipedia org wiki PCI_Express Peripheral Component Interconnect eXtended http en wikipedia org wiki PCI X Portable Document Format http en wikipedia org wiki Portable_Document_Format PLX Technology Sunnyvale CA http www plxtech com Right Ascension Random Access Memory Readout Controller Readout Electronics RPM Package Manager http docs fedoraproject org en US Fedora_Draft_ Documentation 0 1 htm1 RPM_Guide index html Sidereal Time Subversion http subversion apache
37. LBT guidelines that require images to be always of a 32 bit data type wasting fifty percent of disk space in the first case Such a postprocessing can be installed by calling chimgtyp from within QueueFiles The current name convention for the extensions EXTNAME is Qd_w for PANIC SCA1 SCA2_w for CARMENES and wind_w for the other instruments where d is the chip number from 1 to 4 and w gt 1 is a wndow number If the operator did not use subwindows w is always 1 The index w is not necessarily the same as used in the subwin command exceptions occur if 1 the operator skipped numbers 2 defined but disabled some of the intermediate subwindows 3 or let some windows stretch over multiple chips The physical order of the MEF extensions is by window number w which just reflects the operator s liking for the order of enumeration in the subwin command If a window has been split because it covers more than one detector the split windows stay close together huddled in a group so there is an inner or fast loop over the chips then 6 6 Guide Mode The guide mode refers to saving uncorrelated single frame snapshots to a data interface which just means to FITS or to raw binary files for now while the packages of the 16 bit data of the nondestructive readouts arrive in the kernel buffers The name guide mode vaguely indicates that the information extracted this way from an incremental read while integrate exposure may be us
38. LS ON 4 Version trunk 1748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2015 1 The command closes the auxiliary x terminals that show aspects of the GEIRS logging These might have been opened by selecting some of the monitors of the controls GUI The script is called for example when a quit command is received by the GEIRS command shell interpreter EXIT VALUE Always 0 success Version trunk 1748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2015 1 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 85 geirs_roeDump pl 1 GEIRS geirs_roeDump pl 1 IE geirs_roeDump pl dump the current contents of the ROE FPGA to standard output SYNOPSIS geirs_roeDump pl instrument OPTIONS instrument is the mandatory argument which is a string like Lucil Luci2 Panic Carmenes or Nirvana It is case sensitive DESCRIPTION The command is a debugging aid for ROE pattern developers in the devel subdirectory of the source code It prints the most recent contents of the entries downloaded to the ROE to standard output It does this by filtering the ROE log file for commands of the 7xx and 5xx family not by actually reading the content of some online ROE Therefore the command can also be used if the ROE is run in simulation Note that the script is not generally placed into the scripts directory of CAMHOME therefore using a full path name or changing into the devel subdirectory is required to call it ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES The variable CAMHOME must
39. ROE is used in simulation Detectors The number of detector infrared chips is fixed here Detector Output The number of channels used in parallel to shuffle the read out data through the ADC chain This degree of parallelism has major influence on timing and on the interlacing of data that arrive on the computer via the fiber links Luckily this configuration is also fixed here 32 channels are announced here data of the four additional ADC s of the AD36 are not transferred Data Defines through which bus of the operating system the software expects data Operation through as many different PCIe boards as the computer hardware allows interfacing to a set of different ROE electronic boxes Details depend on the slot assignment on the host computer The names dev plx 7 are used for historical reasons They do not correspond to UNIX Linux devices in the file system which appear as dev plx P1x if installed as described above The first placeholder in the name is 0 or larger if more than one OPTPCI board is installed The second placeholder is 0 and may be also 1 if the ADC data from the ROE are also sent in parallel via the second data port If this is offline the software will assume a ROE simulation mode The two stages of simulation of data by the pattern generators of the control electronics without detector are then not available either RO Electronic Setting this to offline will start the software in a simulation mode Other
40. ROElec resets the read out electronics System Setup will bring up the initialization window of Figure 4 Help Opens a web browser which shows a HTML version of the command list similar to Figure 7 equivalent to the contents of Section 5 3 This will fail if the environment GEPS Command interface Mozila Frefo Ele Edit View History Bookmarks Tools Help file home mathar work GEIRS binrjm camera html ve Ll Al gt GEIRS Command Interface Next abort Previous dir Up dir Contents Index Overview Interface to the command server of GEIRS the Generic Infrared Detector Software of MPIA e abort Abort the execution of save or macro alarm Play alarm sound e aperture Move aperture wheel autosave En disable automated save backup Copy to tape batching Number of frames per batch MIDI bias Detector voltages camfile Set get file name that summarizes exposures e cassoff Cassegrain angle offset CAHA casspos Cassegrain reference angle CAHA cd Switch directory clobber En disable file overwriting continue Continue after pause control Camera control GUI counter Modify a counter variable crep Cycle repeat count ctime Cycle time ctype Detector cycle type define Set get value of parameters delay Delay between readout cycles e dir Contents of current directory display Detector image GUI e engstatus Current ROE parameters e engwindow GUI
41. SSS ae t t 4 4 f Ba aeee aac ae I eee eae I a Figure 26 Airmass over time window 4 3 6 Time Jitter Windows If the software had been compiled with JITTER_TEST defined at two places and if the data are read via the PLX device that is not in simulation mode the times of arrival of data packes of a read are logged and the differences between these times may be displayed by opening the windows in Figure 27 and 28 by the JitterPlot menu of Figure 6 a A Nirvanameathar Jitter Plot Service lt irws2 gt v ao jtr_ird chg 6 6 count 84 84 got centerusage 1 jtr_rda chg 6 6 count 99 99 got centerusage 1 jtr ord chg 7 7 count 4 4 got centerusage 1 jtrird chg 7 7 count 97 97 got centerusage 0 do single plot Fnuplot_cfg looped Figure 27 Jitter Statistics Summary The spread of these differences is a rough view on the host computer s system load and respon siveness and not useful information to astronomers To gather good statistics in the usual sense the number of repetitions in Figure 6 for example or set by the command interpreter of the read needs to be at least some tens An overview of the jitter data is kept in tmp jitter log 4 4 Taking data The windows introduced thus far are the environment in which one takes data manually including the use of GEIRS macros see Section 5 This is useful for
42. There is a helper class Subwin to forward subwindows to the command server The documentation is reproduced in the following pages to give an impression of what pydoc geirs will produce while online Help on module ge J CT2 MPTA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Inst allation jandYser s Manual Issue 2 344 101 NAME geirs genCmd self args Forward a general command of the GEIRS command server to the session FILE This is the most versatile handler for GEIRS home mathar work GEIRS trunk lib python2 7 site packages geirs py DESCRIPTION This file was automatically generated by SWIG http www swig org Version 3 0 2 Do not make changes to this file unless you know what you are doing modify the SWIG interface file instead CLASSES builtin GeirsSrv object Subwin class GeirsSrv __builtin__ Constructor with optional host name and TCP IP port gt gt gt import geirs gt gt gt g geirs GeirsSrv gt gt gt g genCmd status object Methods defined here __del__ lambda self __getattr__ lambda self name init__ self srvHost ipport 8501 Constructor with optional host name and TCP IP port gt gt gt import geirs gt gt gt g geirs GeirsSrv gt gt gt g genCmd status _repr_ _swig_repr self setattr__ lambda self name value expose self args Start a readout of the detector The command has up to four optional arguments The first is the exposure time
43. User s Manual Issue 2 344 remote computer i ALSA GEIRS aplay Dpulse pulseaudio pulseaudio D pulseaudio pulseaudio D ALSA soundcard Figure 37 Potential of sound forwarding e paprefs is then called on the local computer setting the Network Access to Make PulseAudio network available locally setting the Network Server to Enable network access to lo cal sound devices setting the Multicast RTP to Enable Multicast RTP receiver Again paprefs is called on the remote workstation but setting Multicast RTP to Enable Multicast RTP sender and Create separate audio device for paprefs can alternatively be called from the Desktop menue via System gt Configuration gt PulseAudio Preferences The disadvantage of this setup is that the remote computer broadcasts continously the local audio stream to every other computer on the network which eats bandwidth and is a waste of resources e An equivalent setup can be reached by enabling the TCP related modules in etc pulse default pa on the two machines by removing the hash marks before the two tcp lines and the zeroconf line paprefs is then called on the local computer setting the Network Access to Make Pulse Audio network available locally setting the Network Server to Enable network access to local sound devices and Don t require authentication and not checking any of the Multicast RTP buttons
44. X display in which the window is opened e g xt28 0 e f font family for buttons and fields e g lucida a Chapter 11 crep 10 counter type USER syntax counter name action set value incr count Changes the named counter name according to some action where actions are e clear or clr sets the counter name to 0 e incr increments the counter default 1 e decr decrements the counter default 1 e set sets counter to set value Examples note that the counter EXPO_NO is automatically incremented after each read counter lists the current counters and their values counter EXPO_NO shows the value of counter EXPO_NO counter EXPO_NO clear sets the counter EXPO_NO to 0 counter EXPO_NO incr increments counter EXPO_NO counter EXPO_NO decr 2 decrements counter EXPO_NO by 2 counter EXPO_NO set 99 sets the counter EXPO_NO to 99 Note The next read will activate and increment that value to avoid interference with any concurrent and ongoing save Saving the current image before a read will use the old EXPO_NO value 11 crep type USER syntax crep n syntax crep n subrep subrepskip Sets the cycle repeat count This defines the number of images that will be read in a single read command This command is rejected while the camera is busy i e while readout or wheel motions are in progress unless it is only a query of the current parameters Hence a
45. a name with the fits suffix in the window to the left of LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 55 the button The menu that pops up if one clicks with the left mouse button into the field proposes in addition two images that are not yet on disk but a previous frame in memory One of the options is to mark the current image as the reference for subtractions in the future the other is to subtract the image immediately preceeding the current one This sky subtraction also effects the pixel values displayed in the upper part of the window Be aware of this when checking count levels saturation of a displayed image 4 3 4 Telescope control window Section 4 3 4 has no relevance to instruments besides PANIC Kh amp Lincmathar Telescope Controls vrjm r674 675M g64 xv x File y LBT 15 0 005 pix E SAO ap ST 20 24 16 Airmass UT 18 55 13 Equinox J 2000 O Nod main Move l Ee foo fw f S dy 82 9 H 52 se fs fs oa dffmm 0 025 30 000 Setfocus Name Alpha Delta Eqnx Ymag Comment Aj Ruli14 4300331 1 19 35 20 7 2000 0 7 5 K1 10 0 Theta Ori 1 5 35 16 5 5 23 23 0 2000 0 ph s 93165 4 01 07 0 20311 57 0 2000 0 6 35 65 8 1 93175 43013535 26324332 8 2000 0 7 00 MO 10 8 93176 4301355 4 29 95 29 3 2000 0 7 72 K2 10 4 119563 4102 34 0 16 52 44 9 2000 0 7 80 KO 10 2 P119564 4 02 37 9 17 20 39 4 2000 0 8 00 KO 10 4 Object List koehler Set
46. a previous call to sync may be needed in non interactive modes for example in macros see Chapter 67 sync page 39 e Valid cycle types for Linc Nirvana PANIC and LUCI are see Standard modes of MPIA s current H2 H2RG RO systems e rr mpia single correlated read like rr but fast line rst rd rd rd mpia e rrr mpia double correlated read like rrr but fast line e lir line interlaced read a double correlated read like r e msr multiple correlated sampling read similar sample up the ramp The pa rameter is the number of reads on the ramp NOTE With msr the effective number of images is one less than the number of reads frames on the ramp all other cycle types produce a single image e lir lin nterlaced read recommended double correlated read like rrr fmpi e scr single correlated read similar to rr first full frame rst e dcr double correlated read similar to rrr first full frame rst e fcr double correlated read similar to rrr mpia fast line rst e mer multiple endpoint sampling read Fowler sampling The parameter is the number_of_reads_per edge e srr sample up the ramp read The parameter is the number of reads on the ramp with a default of 2 if the parameter is not provided If the current integration time is too short to accomodate the number of reads for the current number of pixels depending on the subwindow areas the i
47. a recursive endless cascade of sound errors The sounds may be changed by replacing the audio files in the GEIRS file system in that directory Sound File triggered by doorbell au readout finished cuckoo au macro finished bong au backup or the shift and add calculation finished crash au general error fastbusy au warning at changing user level to engineer or if near saturation whistle au save completed sorrydave au unrecognized command touchtone 0 au disk full The executables charged with the sound creation are weakly configurable with the two CAMAUDIO environment variables of Section 3 2 Those problems can be re introduced if software engineers just copy GEIRS from one user account to the other this practise is very bad and entirely discouraged LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 21 3 INVOCATION 3 1 From workstation or remotely Call the CAMHOME scripts start_ that matches the instrument name which is CAMHOME scripts start_luci2 or CAMHOME scripts start_lucil for LUCI The full path name is not needed of course if the environment has been set up as proposed in Section 2 6 This will create HOME tmp and HOME DATA and HOME 1log if these do not exist To relocate source data and logging directories edit the associated environment variables in CAMHOME scripts GENERIC The principal ways to control the electronics via GEIRS are 1 Interacti
48. angle Because these filter exchange positions have not been included as named positions in the wheel 1 4 panic files this wheel command with the relative argument is the dedicated way to move the filter wheels to these positions 7 3 Concurrent Telescope Moves The general configuration of motor parameters leads to telescope offset commands after the motor s individual or macro motions are finished depending on the combination of CHKFOCUS flags Section 7 1 1 and focus offset sums Section 7 1 3 of the wheels that were moved The consequence is that in practise a wheel command should be followed by both a sync wheel and a sync tele or just a sync LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 121 8 EXPOSURE TIME 8 1 Nomenclature The expected time that expires between the start command and the receipt of the last pixel values of the last frame is of interest to exposure time calculators It is a function of readout mode parameters and is estimated by the formulas summarized below The overhead of i additional computations if the frames are to be averaged integrated with special options of the save command and the overhead of ii actually writing the FITS frames to disk is not included here These are functions of number and types of CPUs and disk speeds of the computer on which GEIRS is run and depend also on any post processing tasks added to the QueueFiles The number of frames sti
49. as basename ending not with a digit see Chapter 40 next page 22 and that directory already contains files with that basename the number part in the default filename will be increased if this is necessary to avoid name conflicts If there is no such file in the new directory the default filename stays as it is Warning If used without an argument the new directory is set to the home directory of the user The directory of the save path and the free disk space in that directory are returned That means to determine and check capacity of the current directory execute cd or even better pwd Alternatively use set or set savepath to obtain more information on the paths The command may fail if someone else created the directory but did not give sufficient rights to the Unix group or others to switch to that directory 7 clobber type USER syntax clobber yes no on off Enables disables overwriting existing FITS files generated with the common save The default is no The sfdump mechanism always overwrites files independent of the clobber flag value If called without parameters the current setting will be printed 8 continue type USER syntax continue Continues a macro and other processing of commands if paused 9 control type USER syntax control x xserver font Opens the main camera control window with the selection of readout parameters the read and save buttons etc e x
50. channel is selected by the current position of the cursor hist Pushing this button creates a histogram of pixel statistics for the currently selected frame or image This button is disabled if gnuplot was not found at compile time Section 2 1 5 First a temporary FITS file is created on disk Then an auxiliary GUI appears which allows to select primarily the coordinates of a rectangle in pixel units over the detectors and cuts in ADU units If the continue button in this auxiliary GUI is pressed the histogram is shown by calling the fitsImg2Asc program in the extern subdirectory RefPix There is a button above the BAD button only visible for instruments with Hawaii2 RG chip and therefore not seen in Figure 15 This offers three states RefPix A11Pix and SciPix The area of 2048 x 2048 pixels of each chip is dissected into the frame 4 reference pixels wide along each edge and the interior 2040 x 2040 data pixels that are the relevant data from the astronomer s point of view The button offers to put a mask over either the reference or the scientifically useful pixels or to show the union of both sets of pixels at the same time BAD Toggles between displaying the bad pixels in red or not Note that the bad pixels are ignored when determining display cuts only if the bad pixels are turned on The bad pixel mask is a text file stored in CAMINFO badpixels instru where CAMINFO typically equals CAMHOME INFO and the instru is nirvana or car
51. computers may receive data from any of the ROE s if GEIRS is configured with the CAMPORT variable to talk to the ROE that generates the data and if the fiber that streams the digitized data ends up at the correct OPTPCle board configured with the DATAINPORT1 variable 1 remove the old ROE modify the IP address of the spare to match the default IP address as instructed in Section A 1 put it into the network 2 or modify the CAMPORT variable to match the new ROE s IP address before starting GEIRS Replacement of the ROE rack always requires shutting down and re starting GEIRS DATAINPORT1 Pseudo device name used by GEIRS to find the incoming stream of pixel data on the OPTPCI board Almost always p1x 00 and p1x 01 unless more than one OPTPCI board are plugged into the computer The first left of the two digits enumerates the OPTPCI boards on the GEIRS worstation starting at 0 The second the right of the two digits enumerates the two fibers DMA channels 0 or 1 The physical layer of the data fiber connections from the ROE to the computer comes always with fiber pairs For instruments with only one fiber DMA channel Luci Linc Nirvana and PANIC or CARMENES with CAM_NDET 1 the second right number is always 0 and DATAINPORT1 dev p1x7 70 For instruments with two fiber DMA channels PANIC with CAM_NDET 4 and CARMENES with CAM_NDET 2 DATAINPORT1 dev p1x 0 and DATAINPORT2 dev p1x7 1 The software does not support feeding t
52. control window of Figure 6 is the interactive interface to the camera Fields are changed by clicking into them which produces a green frame around the field The GEIRS GUIs are build on the low level X11 library This means that any triggers by mouse over or similar events or size modifications by dragging edges or corners that modern desktop environment configurations offer are not available However editing in the fields is not possible You always have to type your text anew which intermediately changes the background to red and finish editing by pressing Enter In the top row three pull down menus provide further options LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 37 TX y Nirvanamathar Controls vrjm r674 675M Ly X A o Nirvanamathar Controls vrjm r674 675M y X File v Modules 7 Options 7 File v Modules 7 Options 7 Idle wait of Type ReadWoConyv Re init ROElec Type ReadWoCony ordered IT s 0 0 ered IT s 0 0 Read Mode lir os 2 6671 H o Ms 2 6671 cycT s 5 3458 imgF Hz 0 18706 Help imgF Hz 0 18706 Reads 2 ieff 0s f 7 E ieft os f o Resets 1 seff 0s ml Pes 0 0 prd 100000 pskp 150 ng Iskp 150 ng Quit System 50 ng Iskp 150 rd Subwins OnOffo Subwin Selections Read Repeat pies Endless Save_ Filename aa0007 Options Save Options Test of Object Sky ol Macro Execute Subwins O
53. data are received via the MPIA PLX board The dgen type is using the MPIA PLX board in data generator mode The argument dgen delayVal is a 16 bit value 1 selects the fastest generation and 65535 the slowest generation 2 channel PLX board in 32bit PCLEslot 3 is max 100Mbytes sec 2 channel PLX board in 64bit PCEslot 1 is max 167 Mbytes sec 4 channel PLX boards in 64bit PCI slot 1 is max 335 Mbytes sec If the dgendelay is 20 and crep is 30 24 8 seconds will be needed for one CARMENES read If the dgendelay is 30 and crep is 30 35 3 seconds will be needed for one CARMENES read Without arguments rotype shows the current status 55 rtime type ENG syntax rtime Set the reset time which is the number of clock tics at the beginning of each cycle line MPIA electronics only This is not yet implemented and does nothing This command is rejected while the camera is busy i e while readout or wheel motions are in progress unless it is only a query of the current parameters Hence a previous call to sync may be needed in non interactive modes for example in macros see Chapter 67 sync pag 56 saad type ENG syntax saad x y d Shift and add images 2 through n Find peak pixel around x y in a box of size d Overwrite image 1 with the result of the shift and add procedure 57 satcheck type USER 57 1 on syntax satcheck on limit Switches the saturation check on The optional limit uses absolute counts
54. dialog on or dialog off enables or disables warning and error GUI s Dialogs are usually shut off if GEIRS is driven by an external handler and there is no operator that could click on the buttons 80 7 rdb syntax wheel rdb wheel rdb re reads the wheel and wheel macro database files 80 8 aperture syntax wheel aperture Yields a list of wheels in the aperture class For PANIC this is the cold stop wheel 80 9 optics syntax wheel optics Yields a list of wheels in the optics class For PANIC this list is empty 80 10 filter syntax wheel filter Provides a list of filter macro positions 81 xserver type USER syntax xserver xserver Set default X display X server name as the default for subsequent displays At startup of GEIRS the initial value is taken from the DISPLAY variable of the startup shell If used without argument the command shows the current value 76 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Index Index Index is nonexistent 50 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 77 Xv Gile camera info Node Top Overview TAINO Interface to the command server Software of MPIA Menu abort alarm aperture autosave bias camfile control counter di spl ayi engstatus idlemode init iniwindow interacti
55. disp cmd start_panic_new iwin gui disp cmd start_panic iwin gui disp cmd start_panic_old iwin gui disp cmd menes_new iwin gui disp cmd menes iwin gui disp cmd menes_old iwin gui disp cmd start_sc_new iwin gui disp cmd start_sc iwin gui disp cmd start_sc_old iwin gui disp cmd OPTIONS iwin Opens the auxiliary intialization window gui Opens the controls GUI disp Opens the GUI with the real time image display of the pixels cmd Starts the command server If the commands are used without option all four options are activated DESCRIPTION Starts GEIRS for either LINC NIRVANA LUCI LUCI2 PANIC or CARMENES If 3 or more GEIRS versions are installed in the GEIRS directory the command versions with the _new start the GEIRS version with the highest revision number the command versions with the _old start 3rd newest version and the command versions without such _new or _old name component the 2nd newest version The script sets the most important environment variables and moves on to the initialization GUI The script does not start GEIRS if the standard TCP socket for the instrument is already in use or if the user is already running GEIRS The option gui does not work if the interface to the detector has not yet been initialized SEE ALSO geirs_cleanup 1 TwoMassCnvrt 1 GEIRS TwoMassCnvrt 1 NAME TwoM
56. environment variable MOTPORT Ports for direct communication with the motors filter wheels etc This is a comma separated list of values one per MoCon board under GEIRS control The parameter should be left blank if GEIRS does not control motors This means it is only relevant to PANIC which addresses the four filter wheels and the cold stop shutter through the first in this address list TELESCOPE The label of the observatory which is used to set the geographic coordinates and to convert from equatorial to topocentric coordinates Only a few fixed strings are supported LBT CA3 5m CA2 2m Lab GENERIC and some obsolete others TEMPORT Port for direct communication with the temperature and pressure sensors This is only relevant as a default for the crontab job i e the executable panictempress that reads PANIC temperatures and pressures if the command line option i is missing and if the default IP address of CAHA is not to be used Only relevant to PANIC TMOUT If the variable is set and larger than zero it indicates that GEIRS should shut down if it is idle for that many seconds which means if no commands are received and no buttons pressed for that duration This list is mentioned for documentation purposes Not all combinations of cameras and variables are supported or meaningful In case of doubt it is recommended not to set a variable These variables are set in the startup script and exported so they are defined in the ch
57. error messages of the type multiple definition of java resource dummy you are facing a known bug in the gcc compiler bundle and need either e to upgrade to a recent version of the gcj package at least 4 8 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 15 e or to install a Oracle JDK Standard Edition such that javac is in the path e or to patch ecj1 as decribed in my patch 2 4 De Installation Any single GEIRS version suffices to run the instrument As with any other software old bugs are removed and occasionally new bugs appear as new versions are developped To de install a GEIRS version remove the entire subdirectory of CAMHOME with the subversioned name which will be of the format trunk r or rjm r or cst r If you never want to see it again also remove the associated compressed tar ball There are no GEIRS specific remnants in the standard system s directories like usr Versions that are removed disappear from the options for the start_ _ and geirs_start startup methods This is recommended for all versions that have never been used for real data acquisition at a telescope to clean up disk space 2 5 Configuration of the Operating System 2 5 1 Shared Memory The following paragraph is only of interest if the GEIRS computer is also running competitive programs that use shared memory for their databases and similar purposes Under openSUSE or CentOS the available amount of sha
58. exist creates the fitsofile with a copy of the image in fitsfile but with the regions of the windows wiped out by setting the values to zero inside the bright regions that are detected This is basically a debugging option but may also be useful to remove bright regions in FITS images for example in search of ghosts One may set in addition the r flag which reverses complements the set of pixels in fitsofile which means fitsofile shows only the pixels of fitsfile that are inside the bright regions Note that the coordinates may be off by factors of 2048 if single chip images are evaluated in that way and used to configure multi chip detectors like CARMENES If a DETSEC specifi cation is found in fitsfile it will be used to shift the coordinates DETROT90 and or DETXYFLI keywords in fitsfile will also be evaluated Also note that geirs_srreConfig f just prepares the configuration file It does not construct the pattern files that act on the forthcoming exposures Therefore in practise a semiautomated application of the reset windows will always call pairs of geirs_srreConfig the first with f analysing a previous image the second with i and p installing the new patterns For CARMENES and for spectroscopy in general there will at most be a handful of probably pre selected reset window sets because the location of bright spots on the detector depends only on a few parameters of the optical setup the choice of calibration lamps the opt
59. exit Shutdown server or terminate macro filter Filter wheel position e fits Current FITS header get Parameter in the shared memory gui Main GUI help This manual here history Commands of the past hpmove HP Plotter move idlemode Detector cycle mode while idle init Initialize ROE telescope or motors iniwindow Startup super GUI interactive Set shell mode to batch or interactive itime Integration time Figure 7 The web browser called by the Help button in Figure 6 variables CAMWWW and or CAMBROWSER of Section 3 2 are not configured correctly Close Controls Closes the window of Figure 6 Use this if and only if you are either knowledgeable of how to re open the window or never want to see it again Shutdown GEIRS will close GUI s related to the session and terminate the command server and shared memory manager It is equivalent to the quit command Section 5 3 This is a swift and recommended way of terminating GEIRS e Modules Menu The modules menu starts the different modules each of which has its own description section Display Toggles the status of the image display Figure 15 i e starts it if not shown and closes it if shown Telescope Telescope control Only available for PANIC SatCheck Turns on audible saturation warning TempControl Displays a graph with the pressure and various temperatures inside the dewar This button is only present if the CAMWOTPC
60. financial markets to smooth data without loosing trends TotSum will display the sum of all images 54 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 EASES DOSE Single R Ave TotSum TotAve Figure 23 Cuts dropdown Menu Figure 24 Frame integration dropdown Menu taken in the current series TotAve displays the average of all images taken in the current series The sky frame if one is active is subtracted off these summation procedures and the cuts applied thereafter Eh All these actions are virtual for all telescopes outside CAHA and basically irrelevant to NIRVANA operations Movie Plays a movie of the series of exposures currently in memory Img shows which image in a series of repeated exposures is currently being displayed One may select in the pop up menu a more precise meaning whether the display shows the frames enumerated as received by the ROE or whether the images are shown which in double or multi correlated modes are differential versions of multiple frames There is also a Dynamic option which lets the display show the frames at the start of an exposure but switch to the images after a time defined by the time difference between the arrival of the frames Sky The sky button small square tells the computer to subtract a sky frame from the images before displaying and is on when the square appears green The file used for the sky frame is specified by entering
61. for earlier Omega cameras It has been argued that the telescope control software uses the equinox to correct for some Earth polar motions the author of this manual here has no opinion on this The telescope interface may return the following error codes e 40 Incorrect alpha value e 41 Incorrect delta value e 42 Incorrect epoch e 43 Position not reached e 44 Telescope keeps on moving e 45 Timeout when moving the telescope Chapter 70 telescope 43 70 2 relative syntax tele scope relative zero or dalpha ddelta Moves the telescope by dalpha and ddelta arc seconds The numerical value of dalpha is supposed to include the factor cos delta of the current position It is removed by GEIRS by division through the cosine before presenting the value to the t_command t_offset which expects a number in the pure right ascension The supposed advantage of this manoevre is that the dithering motions of the instrument can use essentially fixed strides all over the sky Again this appears to be mainly for compatibility with earlier cameras tele rel zero sets the relative offset sum to zero tele rel shows the relative offset sum The telescope interface may return the following error codes e 50 Incorrect value in the alpha offset e 51 Incorrect value in the delta offset e 52 Alpha and delta positions not reached e 53 Alpha position not reached e 54 Delta position not reached e 55 Timeout while moving to position tele
62. ftcopy dcrsave0007 fits win2_2 tmp_win4 fits copyall no A 6 2 ds9loop A command ds9loop with the syntax ds9loop ds9options dir1 dir2 is in the GEIRS scripts which calls ds9 in a loop over all fits files in the named directories The only required interaction by the user is to close ds9 for moving on to the next Examples ds9loop ds9loop mosaicimage datal Panic A 6 3 fits2csv The program fits2csv opens the GUI of Figure 38 and scans recursively a list of directories for all files with suffix fits The FITS header keywords that match a finite list of strings defined by the user are searched in a HDU of each of the files and written as a comma separated list of values CSV into a text file specified by the user 36This is a user s note that has nothing to do with GEIRS LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 143 The keywords should be provided as regular expressions of the form HIER keyword if there are some general hierarchical prefixes in front of them The standard way of using this new text file is to open it with a spread sheet editor like open office specifiying the comma as the delimiter 144 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 fa w de mpg mpia rim Hts2Csw Yo ZW Add Search Directory tmp mathar 2015 03 04 home staff DATA carmen 2015 02 16 home staff DATA carmen 2015 02 18 home staff DATA carmen 2015
63. in seconds A negative argument means that the same exposure time as the previous readout is used The argument with value zero means that the minimum exposure time compatible with the current readout mode and subwindow set is used The second is a string with the readout mode typically lir or mer or srr to name the most common ones In case of doubt click on the associated button of the controls GUI or read the pattern manual If the string is empty the same readout mode as the previous readout is used and defaults to LIR if this is a new s on which selects the number of images to be created in a row Tf the argument is not used the same number as in the previous readout is used The fourth is an auxiliary subsample number which is needed to specify number of samples along the ramp for the srr mode and the number of gt gt gt import geirs gt gt gt g geirs GeirsSrv gt gt gt g genCmd status gt gt gt g expose lir 10 gt gt gt g genCmd history gt gt gt g genCmd 1s genFits self saveOpts ffileName savedir Generate a FITS file with the image s The optional three string arguments are the options of the save command the name of the FITS file and the directory in which the FITS file will be created Tf the directory argument is not used the same directory as for the previous file creation will be used which may be inherited from the la
64. in the past and in the future The software comprises pieces of instrument and telescope control software written for other ob servatories as will become obvious and will be discussed at the subsection affected Graphical user interfaces slavishly reflect following established paradigms of good software practise underlying batch processing capabilities so some of the buttons or menus are either dead ended wiped out or set to invariable constants This document summarizes e the system setup installation compilation e the graphical user interface for the standalone setup that is the system running without supervision or interference by any camera control software 1 This might be the least important part during production after commissioning e the command interface e meaning of FITS keywords The manly applies to the LUCII and LUCI2 arms based on the Hawaii2 RG detector on the generation 3 1 of the readout electronics and on Linux CentOS operating systems A recent version of this document is in this PDF the subversion system of the source code and the GEIRS version doc subdirectory of the source code on the computers where GEIRS is installed The software is currently developped under openSUSE 13 2 with gcc version 4 8 3 Java JDK 1 8 0_ 40 perl 5 version 20 and PLX SDK 7 20 1 2 Interfaces The document complements the documents on the camera control software 1 readout patterns 2 installation and patter
65. into the FITS headers This means that the GEIRS standard FITS keyword list is produced and that also the keyword are modified according to the rules of the geirsPhduAdd files Tf false include only a minimum set of keywords Writing the minimum set is faster and usually sufficient if the files are anyway only scratch image files The default if the VERB specification is missing is F e PERCT float If gt 0 and lt 0 9 calculate a histogram of values and add these as PERCT keywords in the assocated headers The default if the PERCT specification is missing is 1 so this is disabled for performance reasons e FDIR string The name of a directory to which the files are written If the keyword is missing the default directory is CAMTMP fits If the string is empty the directory is the same directory dynamically as where the other FITS files go Of course this should be a directory which is cleaned up with a cron tab entry on a regular basis The directory will be created with standard permission mask 022 if it does not exist Of course this will fail if the GEIRS operator has insufficient write permission on any of the parent directories e FNAM string The base name of the files to be written If miss ing the default is an empty string The full name of the files will be lt FDIR gt lt FNAME gt lt 4digitFrameNo gt fits if they are FITS files otherwise lt FDIR gt lt FNAME gt lt 4digitFrameNo gt These files are overwritt
66. it 2 From time to time it can happen that a process hangs Mostly you can simply kill the hanging process Some commands are prepared for this as documented in the command list Section 5 8 e kill read terminates a read command Type these commands in the interpreter window where you have started the GUI not into the UNIX Linux shell where it refers to processes of the operating system 3 GEIRS does not start and some logs with the operator s name and some process names appear Solution the previous GEIRS session was not closed and remains active under the same Unix account Run geirs_cleanup a then ps u USER fgrep geirs to ensure all GEIRS processes have died and restart again It seems that this situation may arise if some process send a command to the GEIRS shell and terminated or was killed before it received the answer 4 Problem The GUI does not open and there is a message like can t allocate info page Solution Type geirs_cleanup a before you start the GUI This program deletes shared 130 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 10 11 memory pages left over by the same Linux Unix user from a previous session and shared memory sockets tmp shmsocket The underlying problem is often that GEIRS was not properly shutdown for example because the computer rebooted due to power failures On some computers running openSUSE 13 2 this rebooting happens when sleep
67. mentioned in Section 3 labels in the GUI and environment variables correspond to each other Then it calls 36 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 CAMERA Nirvana v CAM_NDET 1 TELESCOP CAMPORT tcp 192 168 156 211 4000 LN y DATAINPORT dev plx 00 y CAMDPORTS CAMSHMSZ 3977 v CAMSHMBLKSZ 4 v CAMHOME home mathar work GEIRS w CAMBIN trunk bin y CAMROE_REV Nirvana_r99M w MOTPORT CAMSERVERPORT 8501 v CAMSTATUSPORT 9501 v CAM_DETROT90 0 CAMDETXYFLIP o y v cmd v disp v gui v noshell v iwin CAMFONT helvetica y Continue Start Cancel Stop Abort Figure 5 Engineering startup with geirs_start the shell script scripts GENERIC with the options set in the third but last line of Figure 5 The principal rationale for having this GUI is that one can 1 mix hybrid instrument configurations as they frequently occur in the MPIA development process 2 swich temporarily to a configuration without editing the GENERIC script The major drawback of starting with this GUl is that none of the confirming messages do appear on standard output as they do with the start scripts mentioned above 4 3 The GUIs windows 4 3 1 Camera control window The
68. never be larger than one To that purpose the startup script runs once geirs_cleanup with a test flag which detects GEIRS processes already running by this or other users on this computer see Section 5 5 On a system similar to LUCI with two GEIRS instances possibly running in parallel don t be alarmed if some GEIRS linux processes pop up here because this may be the handler of the other arm of the telescope In the standard case of running GEIRS for PANIC CARMENES or LN with a telescope GEIRS processes should not appear in the list anything else means that either 1 local policies of properly shutting down GEIRS have not been communicated well between observers or 2 the previous shutdown of GEIRS did not run smoothly In that case running geirs_cleanup without the t option may be useful to clean up these residuals before trying again to start GEIRS Some parameters may be edited in Figure 4 at this time e Observer Enter your name as observer This will i appear in the FITS files and ii toggle allowances for some commands reserved for engineering purposes See Section 5 e Camera This is a fixed entry here derived from the name of the startup command 34 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Camera Optic The only effect of each of the three resolutions is that pixel scales of 0 25 0 12 or 0 015 arcseconds respectively are computed into the exposure frames if the
69. next read the save command may still be in progress 5 2 Parser Commands and their arguments are usually submitted one per line separated by line feeds If two or more commands are to be send at once they need to be separated by a semicolon This makes for example sense for the commands that are almost always followed by the sync for example save M sync Note that this format generates only a single answer from the interface not separate answers from the individual commands in the list There is one command save which uses commas to bundle groups of options Note that command options cannot be sequeezed into short forms and cannot be swapped with non optional arguments nor be clumpped without spaces as some Unices allow in their shells or some higher programming languages support with some getopt 3 libraries Example save zC wrong syntax save z C valid syntax As a guideline trailing arguments or options in commands are silently ignored 5 3 Command List In this section a complete list of commands is given The order is lexicographically not by func tionality These commands and syntax can be used in macros or typed directly into the command window or submitted with the interfaces of Section 3 1 Use with caution some commands are better left out of macros For example quit will exit a macro at the point it occurs no further instructions in the macro will be executed Also if interactive is on and 1s dir
70. of the A D converter These counts range from about 10000 55000 The non linearity starts at about 40000 counts which is the default limit If sound is on you get a accoustic warning Chapter 58 save 29 57 2 off syntax satcheck off Switches the saturation check off This is recomended at integration times smaller than about 150 ms Magic Cameras etc 58 save type USER syntax save s f n 1 n 1 n1 2 4 S 1 Ed Ec Es Ep EM Ez EC filename Save frames in the shared memory according to the actual cycle type ctype A comma delimits saving sets dumping actually copies of the same data frames e s save immediately after image completion Do not wait until the cycles are all completed but start saving as soon as the correlated frames have arrived e f save from frame n first frame is e 1 save upto frame n last frame is e r save only frames from nl through n2 Default is all e i save the integral of the selected frames Only the sum of the pixel values over all the cycle repetitions is saved associated with an adjustment of the integration time in the FITS header This option is ignored for CARMENES e 1 stack all images into FITS cubes This option has no effect if there is only one image which means a single image still leads to the standard 2D image format e g split the data into single DCR images and write to dest The variable PKGOUT POR
71. on the remote workstation with zypper ar obs X11 RemoteDesktop x2g0 openSUSE_13 2 x2go zypper in x2goclient If the operating system is CentOS 7 x2go is installed on the remote workstation with yum install epel release yum enablerepo epel install x2goserver xsession yum enablerepo epel install x2goclient The session is started with 142 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 x2goclient Note that GNOME sessions seem not to work only KDE sessions A 5 5 Fonts If the font system of the current X11 system does not offer the courier medium and courier bold r fonts for the GUI s revealed with xfontsel and xlsfonts a modest adaptation is available by changing the setenv CAMFONT courier in GEIRS scripts GENERIC to another standard font for example fixed A 6 FITS A 6 1 Chopping MEF If images have been stored in the extensions and we wish to create versions with images in the primary header the ftcopy command of the heatools is one way to create copies of that simpler format Example the four images extensions win1_1 win2_2 of the FITS file dcrsave0007 fits are restored in four new FITS files tmp_wini fits with the four Linux commands heainit not necessary if already in bash_login ftcopy dcrsave0007 fits win1_1 tmp_win1 fits copyall no ftcopy dcrsave0007 fits win1_2 tmp_win2 fits copyall no ftcopy dcrsave0007 fits win2_1 tmp_win3 fits copyall no
72. point to the top directory of the installation The log file to be scanned is in CAMHOME log EXIT VALUE Always 0 success EXAMPLES geirs_roeDump Lucil geirs_roeDump Luci2 geirs_roeDump Panic geirs_roeDump Nirvana geirs_roeDump Carmenes Version trunk 1748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2015 1 geirs_srreConfig 1 GEIRS geirs_srreConfig 1 NAME geirs_srreConfig configure the srre mode s reset windows of upcoming GEIRS reads SYNOPSIS geirs_srreConfig i configfile p infodirectory eContig p infodirectory Config f fitsfile fits N wincnt w width h height v Er o fitsofile geirs OPTIONS v leads to more verbose output of the actions p defines the name of the INFO sub directory with the patterns i defines the name of the text file with the quasi FITS syntax that provides the window coordinates f defines the name of an existing FITS file with an image in the primary header N defines the number of reset windows to be created w defines the width of each reset window in units of pixels h defines the height of each reset window in units of pixels o defines the not yet existing FITS output file name which will contain a copy of the input file but pixels in reset windows set to zero DESCRIPTION See the GEIRS user manual In the first syntax the existing configfile is read and updates the files in the pattern directory that concern the srre reset window placement In the second syntax
73. prematurely abort a read by an abort if a the sync has already been send to the interpreter See Chapter 67 sync page 39 e t abort test only See Chapter 75 test page 45 e a abort all processes above here e k kill the read after waiting for seconds default is 2s This tries first a smooth kill via a catchable signal then enforces the kill The default if no options are used is to abort everything except save The file geirsLstAbort in the directory CAMTMP by default this is tmp set in the start_ lt instr gt command contains the date and time of the last abortion of a read If the abort command has been finished the number of frames that have been received on the workstation may be too small to create images based on that number of frames depending on read mode correlation type subsampling frequency and time between starting the read and the abort In consequence the save may in general fail after abort A typical example of this situation is a lir or srr mode with only two reads where any abort results in only a single remaining frame the reset frame from which no useful information i e image can be extracted Special note to CARMENES programmers Note that a command sequence like read sync cannot be shortcut by sending abort because sync includes a sync read which enters a wait state that waits until all the images of the regular integration time have arrived This means that effective
74. previous call to sync may be needed in non interactive modes for example in macros see Chapter 67 sync page 39 Options not specified remain unchanged If called without parameters the current status will be printed and no values will be changed If the parameter is larger than supported by the memory allocation it will be reduced to the count that is actually available If used with CARMENES note that the first pipeline stage generates at most one image for each read independent of the value of n Values larger than n 1 will lead to an apparent loss of data because only the last of the read cycles will be fed into the first pipeline stage LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Inst allation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 65 Chapter 13 ctype 6 12 ctime type USER syntax ctime time val Returns the cycle time This command is rejected while the camera is busy i e while readout or wheel motions are in progress unless it is only a query of the current parameters Hence a previous call to sync may be needed in non interactive modes for example in macros see Chapter 67 sync page 39 13 ctype type USER syntax ctype name parameter s Sets the type of readout cycles of the ROE The available names and options depend on the camera This command is rejected while the camera is busy i e while readout or wheel motions are in progress unless it is only a query of the current parameters Hence
75. standard displays is that one can address any picture in the current memory buffer rather quickly by its index It 46 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 X Nirvanamathar GEIRS ROE Listing 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6527 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 718 05 4 5 1 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6530 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 718 0 6 12 14 4294967295 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6530 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 716015 65535 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6531 RL mathar Nirvana timing _End proc_crep 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6532 RL mathar Nirvana timing Start timing_lir 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6554 RL mathar Nirvana timing Stare itime_pat 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6556 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 712 0 a 177 178 0 999 3 0 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6557 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 712 0 13 177 178 0 99 2 0 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6558 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 712 0 14 177 178 0 4 1 0 cen 23 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6562 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 712 0 15 179 180 1 899 2 0 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6563 RL mathar Nirvana timing _End itime pare 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6610 RL mathar Nirvana timing End timing_11 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6610 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 740 0 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6611 RL mathar Nirvana timing _End rdmode 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6611 RL mathar Nirvana timing _End roe_
76. suspend to RAM does not wake up as intended Problem Anything seems to work well but there are no stars Solution Check the Last button in the display window Figure 15 back to green so the images are updated Problem The GUI in Figure 6 and the associated commands crep and ctype accept only small numbers the GUI sets values back to smaller ones and the status shown by the com mands without parameters also shows smaller counts than requested Solution Increase the CAMSHMSZ parameter in scripts GENERIC section 3 2 and or the limit set by the operating system section 2 6 4 before starting GEIRS Problem At startup time a message of the form ERROR opening file GEIRS INFO appears Solution Install the pattern directory Section 2 2 Ensure that the GEIRS user has read access on these files Check that the value of the environment variable CAMROE_REV if set Section 3 2 names one of these existing directories Problem When saveing a FITS filename and a message of the form save E fopen 48 could not open file appear Solution Either e the disk is full tested with df h or e the GEIRS user does not have write permission on the current data directory This is revealed for example if one attempts to create an empty dummy test file in the style of touch junk txt in that directory A workaround then is to create a new directory with the SavePath button of Figure 6 for future use which will by default be cr
77. that the subsequent read commands are not creating a single image by reading the detector once the default but do this as often as the parameter says The save path is the directory where new FITS files are created and the next specifies a base name for creating indexed FITS files in the future The following sets the read mode to fowler pairs with 4 frames combined into a single image The integration time time between associated frames is set to 5 seconds and these quad frames are read 6 times The resulting 6 images are stored in the files dataA 2015 04 01 hah_0001 fits to dataA 2015 04 01 hah_0006 fits if the directory exists or permissions allow to generate the directory ctype mer 4 itime 5 crep 6 read sync set savepath dataA 2015 04 01 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 99 next hah_ save sync 5 7 4 save multiple times sample up the ramp The srr mode is used with an argument which sets the number of reads along a non destructive read The integration time which is set independently then implicitly defines the time distance between two reads In infrared astronomy usually all frames along the time axis are also saved for a later independent correction for nonlinearities and dark currents A total integration time of 60 seconds with 13 reads therefore 60 12 5 seconds between each read pair saved into a file srr60_0001 fits with the linearly fitted image and the singl
78. the suffix Without arguments filter shows all available filter macros and the current one filter starts as background process and should be followed by a sync when used in a Chapter 23 get 11 22 fits type USER 22 1 no option syntax fits Prints the FITS header of the most recent read buffer If that was already saved the command lists the header of that saving otherwise it shows the FITS information in the current read buffer In the shell the output stops after each page to proceed with the next page enter lt RET gt to abort the output enter q lt RET gt 22 2 comment syntax fits comment text Sets text in the FITS header as a COMMENT 23 get type USER syntax get varname element Reads one or more variables of the shared memory info database When the varname is an array the entire array is listed Alternatively specifying an array element in index reads only that single array element Warning If the varname is shorted only the first match in some internal table is returned In the instrument shell a TAB in the command line will autocomplete or list the available arguments Examples get CAMERA get ITIME get NWHEELS get AIRMASS get ROTYPE get READBUF get CAMBUSY get CPAR1 get CREP get CAMPATH get CTIME_TOT get CMDIPPORT macro The sync filter is generally insufficient here because the recomputation of the get CTYPE focus offset on the telescope may c
79. the order as the light beam hits them wheel0 panic denotes the cold stop and wheel 1 4 panic are the filter wheels before the final lens and detector Each file starts with a fixed block and is followed by an optional parameter block Fixed block Each line of the fixed block starts with one or two parameter strings optionally followed by a comment after a The names of the positions in each of the wheels are starting in line 6 of the file of the individual wheel wheel0 panic wheel1 panic etc Warning the enumeration of the top block of lines in these files is absolute which means lines that are empty or contain only comments will confuse the parser of these files 1 The first line of the fixed block is the name of the wheel 2 The second line of the fixed block is a type of the wheel either APER or FILTER or OTHER or OPTICS 3 The third line of the fixed block is the number of positions for a full turn of the wheel No longer used 4 The fourth line is a number of backlash steps If the number is positive the named positions are reached by approaching them from lower positions in step units if the number is neg ative the named positions are reached by approaching them from higher positions in step units If the current motor position is on the wrong side of the target position reaching the new target is split into two phases with a halt on the correct side of the target position such that t
80. to move the telescope virtually to certain positions e File Menu selects the basic display size 256 changes display window to 256 x 256 screen pixels The full image is displayed binned 8 x 8 Note that in general you will not see your objects in highly binned mode as they most often will happen to fall between the displayed pixels 512 changes display window to 512 x 512 screen pixels 1024 changes display window to 1024 x 1024 screen pixels LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 49 N File y Color Figure 16 File dropdown Menu 2048 changes display window to 2048 x 2048 screen pixels The display will not fit onto your monitor screen in this case Display Opens a second display window with a pixel size of 1024 x 1024 in an indepen dent screen Close Closes the window It can be restarted by selecting display under the module menu of the camera control window or by the display command Section 5 3 e Color Menu selects the colour look up table for displaying images A E a 2664 0 3 Figure 17 Color dropdown Menu gray is a black and white colour look up table temp is the standard temperature colour table bb is the standard blackbody colour table 50 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 e MagMode Menu switches between the zoom window and a measurement of the image seeing
81. types because the reset frame is supposedly useless and the next frame anyway to be saved in these cases One does not need to call sfdump off if a sequence of different readout modes is started that mixes double and multi correlated modes The creation of the intermediate files will simply pause if the current mode is not a multi correlated one The ADC data within the windows specified in the configuration file named in the sfdump are written either in e a MEF format with BITPIX 16 and one window per extension if the RAWF flag in the config uration file is F or not given e or a binary stream with two bytes per pixel in the endianess of the GEIRS computer window after window if the RAWF flag in the configuration file is T The intended scenario is that the monitoring programs are using the commands like sfdump sfdump cfg once and edit the file sfdump cfg after a save and prior to the next read if the 24This file format can for example be read with od d 116 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 window number or geometry needs to be adjusted GEIRS re reads the configuration file that was sfdump cfg in the example above for each frame arriving from the detector so editing the file while a read is ongoing may lead to unpredictable results The regions specified in the configuration file do not need to aligned in any particular way with the hardware and software windows specifie
82. unless removed by the geirsPhduAdd files Besides the specific errors listed below the telescope interface may return the following error codes e 1 TELESCOPE environment variable incorrect e 2 Cannot communicate with EPICS e 3 Wrong t script command e 4 Bad number of arguments e 5 TELESCOPE environment variable not set e 20 Tracking is OFF Warning These error codes are copied from a file distributed to a private list of users by the head of the Calar Alto computer department in 10 2014 They are not under GEIRS control and may change at any time if Calar Alto changes the associated Tel scripts The time out durations are set within the subcommands of the t_command and in that sense not controled by GEIRS 70 1 absolute syntax tele scope abs solute hr min sec deg min sec equinox Moves the telescope to an absolute RA DEC position hr min and sec are the alpha coordinate deg min and sec are the delta coordinate GEIRS does not check validity or ranges of any of the 6 or 7 numerical parameters but forwards them to the t_command t_posit after rounding hr min and deg down to integer If at least one of the deg min or sec parameters has a negative sign the sign is moved to the deg parameter before submitting it to t_command If the equinox is not provided GEIRS inserts a value equivalent to now when the command is executed This may not be not what the astronomer wants but is compatible with the software run on CAHA
83. usr src which needs root privileges If these header files and driver libraries are not found at GEIRS compile time the software will always run in ROE software simulation The following instructions are a summary of the documentation found in the directory Documen tation PLX Linux _Release_Notes htm of the driver You are strongly advised to recompile the driver each time a kernel update was installed in usr src which happens a few times per year under a well maintained operating system Details may differ In particular the version will change as time progresses The symbolic link in stalled below ensures that the header files are always found in usr src PlxLinux P1xSdk Include and that admin plxload finds the driver to install We build only the drivers for the two PLX chips that have been in use by the MPIA electronics 8311 newer PCIe OPTPCLe the relevant one for LUCI1 2 LN PANIC and CARMENES and 9656 older PCI X OPTPCI still on duty on some MPIA computers The manufacturer s imprint on the fattest chip onboard the OPTPCI shows immediately which of the two types is in use LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 7 The PLX drivers are currently not under SVN control This is third party software and distribution of the complete SDK package is explicitly not covered by the license 1 If this follows a fresh installation of the operating system the kernel drivers in the director
84. vertical bar is used as a separator between fields Tf you don t want to put in numbers in some fields you still have to use a character as a place holder The comment field following the final separator may be empty e The required fields are Name Alpha Delta Equinox Leading J s or B s in the equinox field are ignored If the remaining equinox is not a number a default of 2000 will be assumed e The optional fields are pm A and pm D for the two proper motions in alpha and delta mag magnitude Comment e The two proper motions pm A and pm D are in units of arcsec century e All object list files must have the extension object If the 2MASS catalog is available in the local file system the program TwoMassCnvrt with option G can be used to convert a set of targets to this format 60 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 5 COMMAND INTERFACE 5 1 Double buffering It takes a some amount of time to transfer the data from the camera and save it to the hard drive on the workstation To reclaim some of this otherwise lost time GEIRS has been configured with two image buffers Thus a new image can be read out while the previous image is being written to disk To implement this feature the macros should be written as in the example above with a sync tele after the telescope offset and save commands The GUI will then only wait until the telescope move is completed before starting the
85. writes the batch stream to a file save t filename wirtes as a single FITS table file save g s immediately DCR img stream to PKGOUTPORT intf save g s filename immediately DCR img stream to a file Current PKGOUTPORT interfaces dif dev PCDxx save initiates a background process and should be followed by a sync when used in a macro Even within a sequence of multiple save following each other each individual of them ought to be followed by a sync because GEIRS maintains at most one set of parameters at a time and rejects a second save while another one is still on its way If the number of frames is insufficient to create the images save returns an error Carmenescarmenes irws2 gt save save error framebuffer is empty read not yet done ERROR error framebuffer is empty read not yet done ERROR analyse_wait4pid exit status 62 if geirs error E_noframe 62 frame img buf ERROR 62 Command save returned errorcode 62 E_noframe 62 frame img buffer is el ERROR analyse_wait4pid exit status 62 if geirs error E_noframe 62 frame img buf This happens for example in all multi correlated image modes if the exposure was aborted before a sufficient number of frames were created to combine them into an image 59 set type USER 59 1 savepath syntax set savepath u s pathname Echo or set the directory path for saving files If the directory does not exist it is created e u append t
86. 00 ns pixel read selection PSKIP 150 ns pixel skip selection LSKIP 150 ns line skip selection Four parameters that detail in which way the fundamental clock of the ROE was subdivided to drive some basic actions on the detector chip e READMODE line interlaced read read cycle type IDLEMODE wait idle to read transition IDLETYPE ReadWoConv idle to read transition SAVEMODE line interlaced read save cycle type These four parameters define the reset read pattern of gathering the frames how the read out electronics clocks the detector while no data are taken and in which way the frames send from the ROE are packed into FITS images by averaging subtracting fitting by GEIRS See 4 10 The READMODE defines the scheme of patterns and timings in use while the frames were gener ated by the detector and ROE and arrived on the workstation The value of SAVEMODE may be different if the mode was changed either via the button labeled Read Mode in Figure 6 or with the ctype command or by using the S option of the save command before exe cuting save In this case the packaging of frames into files of FITS images by subtraction averaging is modified by the save procedure and departs from the standard associated with the read mode The software allows to save the same set of frames more than once and switching the mode without any intermediate read This is helpful if one wants to store co
87. 01 for geirsCmd and taken from the port entry in the user s shared memory socket on the server for geirs_cmdClient Using another port for example for running multiple instances on the same computer is supported by starting the cmdClient in GENERIC either with the switch s server port or with the switch p port or modifying the CAMSERVERPORT before starting geirsCmd uses a TCP socket interface which represents the same set of commands as the other interfaces On the GEIRS computer the sockets are managed by the cmdServer which is started by either one of the start commands or checking the cmd option in the engineering GUI Figure 5 geirsCmd is indeed just a wrapper which uses that socket interface to submit commands to the cmdServer The snd_ versions and the geirsCmd both use a socket interface for the command and answer snd_ needs an active started GEIRS sessions on the local computer to hook into and uses the port number registered with the shared memory socket at GEIRS startup as a default whereas geirsCmd can contact a GEIRS session running on any remote computer reachable via the network A Python interface is available which submits all tasks to the snd_nirvana_new interface if the PYTHONPATH is set up to include the associated directory for example with export PYTHONPATH geirs_build lib python2 7 site packages PYTHONPATH in bash_login somewhere after putting CAMHOME scripts into the PATH The inv
88. 015 1 geirs_lamp sh 1 GEIRS geirs_lamp sh 1 geirs_quitXterm sh 1 GEIRS geirs_quitXterm sh 1 NAME NAME geirs_lamp sh status of the CAHA calibration lamp state for PANIC geirs_quitXterm sh close open auxiliary GEIRS xterm windows with log monitors SYNOPSIS SYNOPSIS geirs_lamp sh ALLOFF geirs_quitXterm sh geirs_lamp sh L1 ON OFF OPTIONS geirs_lamp sh L2 ON OFF Hone DESCRIPTION geirs_lamp sh L3 ON OFF geirs_lamp sh L4 ON OFF geirs_lamp sh L5 ON 1121314151 9 geirs_lamp sh LS OFF geirs_lamp sh STATUS DESCRIPTION The command is called by using the lamp command in the GEIRS shell It executes a rflats command for switching calibrations lamp on or off followed by a rflats status command which leaves a FITS line at a standard place searched by GEIRS for add on FITS lines and echos a string suitable for storage in the GEIRS online data base Warning there is no timeout currently implemented here If the ssh hangs for any reason this will cause an indefinite pausing of GEIRS because there is no timeout currently enacted on the GEIRS side This file has no use beyond GEIRS implementing PANIC at the Calar Alto ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES The variable TELESCOPE determines which of the CAHA computers is consulted to execute the rflats command FILES The output of the command is registered in CAMTMP geirsPhduAdd panic_1 If CAMTMP is not defined it is replaced by SHOME tmp EXAMPLES geirs_lamp sh
89. 2 Path It is well advised to add CAMHOME scripts to the path at the standard location this would be export CAMHOME HOME GEIRS export PATH CAMHOME scripts PATH export MANPATH CAMHOME man MANPATH in HOME bash_login or HOME bash_profile but not both for the bash 1 for example Unfortunately there are users who let the environment ignore that setting because they chose their shells not to be login shells as revealed by the shopt command In these cases the PATH must be One reason is that the application launcher of openSUSE ignores the files Xresources or xinitrc where one would set the Xterm loginShell variable A simple way to improve this is to add the 1s option to the System gt Terminal gt Xterm command when editing the openSUSE application launcher with a right click and to add 18 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 set in HOME bashrc with constructions like if BASH_SUBSHELL eq 0 then export CAMHOME HOME GEIRS export PATH CAMHOME scripts PATH export MANPATH CAMHOME man MANPATH fi 2 6 3 Standard Scripts Tf this is a fresh install the directory is then populated once with bash syntax supposed a set of scripts like start_luci2 and start_lucil mkdir p CAMHOME scripts cd CAMHOME scripts for instr in panic carmenes lucil luci2 nirva nirvana sc do for act in start snd cmd do for v in new old do
90. 3800 V det bias voltage DSUB 3800 V det bias voltage VRESET 1525 V det bias voltage VRESET 2600 V det bias voltage VRESET 2600 V det bias voltage VRESET 2600 V det bias voltage VBIASGATE 3604 V det bias voltage VBIASGATE 3604 V det bias voltage VBIASGATE 3604 V det bias voltage VBIASGATE 3604 V det bias voltage VNBIAS O V det bias voltage VNBIAS 0 V det bias voltage VNBIAS O LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 105 B_VNBIA4 B_VPBIA1 B_VPBIA2 B_VPBIA3 B_VPBIA4 B_VNCAS1 B_VNCAS2 B_VNCAS3 B_VNCAS4 B_VPCAS1 B_VPCAS2 B_VPCAS3 B_VPCAS4 B_VBOUB1 B_VBOUB2 B_VBOUB3 B_VBOUB4 B_REFSA1 B_REFSA2 B_REFSA3 B_REFSA4 B_REFCB1 B_REFCB2 B_REFCB3 B_REFCB4 TEMP_A TEMP_B PRESS 1 TEMPMON TEMPMON1 TEMPMON2 TEMPMO TEMPMON4 P P P P Ss oO zZ w ul TEMP EMP EMPMON7 TEMPMON8 CREATOR COMMENT OTKEYWRD END HH Ss oO zZ a ll o0o00VO0DOOO0O0O0O0O000O000000000000000 l co co oO o 9999 0 000372 8 73 740997 74 575996 74 069 73 061996 125 110001 76 603996 86 221001 123 300003 GEIRS rjm r709M s64 no comment AR ANAS MYO MSA OR A BRON A AAA A RG y RIN ERR A AS v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v K K K K K K K K K K det det
91. 4 CST_FontQueryLoad DEBUG Using font pattern helvetica bold r 0120 ww cstxfont c 84 CST_FontQueryLoad DEBUG Using font pattern helvetica medium r 12 t t_w_w_w_t disp c 1700 main TDEBUG no bind2proc activated disp c 1708 main TDEBUG cpu speed 144 500000 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8911 ZD mathar r disp 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8925 ZD mathar r disp 2013 02 04 17h16m54 9148 ZD mathar r disp 2013 02 04 17h16m54 9148 ZD mathar r disp 2013 02 04 17h16m54 9148 ZD mathar r disp 2013 02 04 17h16m54 9148 ZD mathar r disp MAS 17h16m54 9151 ZD mathar r disp nutil c 10030 check_system_clocks TDEBUG resolution of CLOCK_MONOTONIC 0 00100us CLOCK REALTIME 0 00100us nutil c 10043 check system_clocks TDEBUG resolution of CLOCK PROCESS_CPUTIME 0 00100u nutil c 10057 check eystemcelocks TDEBUG resolution of CLOCK THREAD CPUTIME 0 00100us disp c 1729 main TDEBUG shmblocks attached Figure 11 The logging monitor opened with the Module DebugLog Mon menu of Figure 6 Another logfile is opened at UTC midnight so one needs to close and reopen this GUI after midnight K amp Nirvanamathar GEIPS Error Warning Monitor 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6097 ZD mathar r inter c camtiming c 545 roe_times WARNING statement timing define might be missing in the ROE command table ro time 0 0 ctime 0 0 gapitime 0 0 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6174 ZD mathar r inter c camtiming c 545 roe_times WARNING statem
92. 68 3 160 Note that there are blanks instead of dots seperating the four numbers of the IP address The new IP address is activated after a soft reset 33 8 0 a pushbutton reset or a power on reset After reset your telnet connection is lost Ensure that your computers network adapter is in the same subnet as the new IP address and reconnect gt telnet 192 168 3 160 4000 Trying 192 168 3 160 Connected to 192 168 3 160 Escape character is If you have done everything right you will see this message 33 6 O 4 COS_XC161 V2 16 Jul 11 2007 33 6 0 4 ReadOut Controller V3 00beta Jan 10 2013 33 6 0 4 System ready If necessary the subnet mask can be set with 33 34 0 255 255 255 O The Subnet mask can be read back after a reset see above 33 35 0 A 2 Image Rotation The two configuration parameters CAM_DETROT90 r and CAM DETXYFLIP f specify an image transformation r f defined by a rotation by a multiple of 90 r 0 1 2 3 followed by an optional image flip of f 0 none f 1 right left or f 2 up down The four choices for CAM_DETROT90 combined with the three choices for CAM DETXYFLIP supply 4 x 3 12 combinations This is only half of the 4 24 possible permutations of all 4 corners because only one of the orders of the two operations is implemented supported A closer look shows that each of the rotations followed by a right left flip can be replaced by a rotation through another 180 and a up down fli
93. 72 AXE cessor asaaeecodeasaees boaetana ceeeea a 29 73 temphistory srir a aeria Ea tense rad 44 DS SAVES iria nee 29 TA temp plotize mic tai 45 59 31 PP 59 1 savepath 31 To A r ratissa U R EEEN Sw ERENS 45 59 2 macropath 59 3 objectpath 2 76 60 S dUMP criar arabe 32 77 E accra ieatinnns 34 78 G2 slep eraris sia por is wes 35 79 G3 SMA Will a Ee EEEREN ra a 35 80 wheel osiris eiir e airaa 47 A A E 35 80 1 Basic use 47 80 2 focu 80 3 relative 65 status ourer denied secs tii 35 80 4 init 80 5 warminit 66 19 80 8 aperture 19 GT A A E 39 80 9 optics 80 10 filter GE SYSbOM iis cio ra 41 81 xserver 69 A 50 Chapter 1 abort 1 Overview Interface to the command server of GEIRS the Generic Infrared Detector Software of MPIA 1 abort type USER syntax abort r k m s t a b Aborts the execution of read and or macros e r abort read only See Chapter 51 read page 26 e m abort macro only See Chapter 38 macro page 20 shorten the initial wait time of the sync command and abort the saad command Note that the meaning is not that the sync waiting state is prematurely left It only means that the optional additional time delay that is an argument of the sync command is cut to zero and that the sync starts to wait on the termination of its processes without any artificial further delays In particular this means that you cannot
94. 90 1 and CAM_DETXYFLIP 2 90 followed by up down flip or CAM_DETROT90 3 and CAM_DETXYFLIP 1 270 followed by left right flip Sect A 2 Rotations and reflections are not commutative the rotation will be executed first Note that swap of the two fibers that transport the data from the ROE rack to the GEIRS computer on any of the two sides cannot be replaced or undone by any combination of the CAM_DETROT90 and or CAM DETXYFLIP keywords The variable should be set to 1 for LUCI2 to align the optics with the default N E orientation on the sky CAM_BEHIND_DATA Switches on a certain suite of tests whether the amount of 16 bit words received from the ROE exceeds the number expected by the number of pixels and frames CAMITIME_MULT Read but not used anywhere CAMITIME_PLUS Read but not used anywhere CAM PAT TIMING Values of 0 or 1 indicate timing analysis with old FPGA electronics ver sion 2 of the MPIA electronics up to and including LUCI1 or of newer electronics version 3 and equivalent to all cameras this manual is applicable to CAM _MAX_EDTBUFSIZE Defines the size of a single buffer in the ring buffer in units of kilobytes 28 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 CAMDPORTS The number of PCIe channels and fibers set up for the transfer of the ADC data from the ROE This is 1 for all cameras with a single chip LINC NIRVANA and LUCI 2 for PANIC and for CARMENES The basic ad
95. 96x4096 IR Camera 4 H2RGs 0 45 arcsec px 2 01 ct electrons DN 12 ct electrons read MPIA IR ROelectronic Vers 3 Version det electronics 5 ct number of GEIRS wheels gt COLDSTOP22 KS 2 gt OPEN d gt OPEN gt OPEN d gt NO filter macro name of filter combinations OPEN combination of all filters used single OPEN 33398 779494 s 09 16 38 7795 start integration UT 34400 185113 s 09 33 20 1851 stop integration UT 216 863294 deg R A 14 27 27 2 42 714232 deg Dec 42 42 51 2000 a Julian Epoch 2013 866673 a Julian Epoch 1 051181 1 airmass 337 594738 deg H A 22 30 22 74 104 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 T_FOCUS CASSPOS OBJECT FILENAME DITH_NO EXPO_NO TPLNAME TIMERO TIMER1 TIMER2 PTIME PREAD PSKIP LSKIP READMODE IDLEMODE IDLETYPE SAVEMODE CPAR1 ITIME CTIME CRATE HCOADDS EMSAMP PCOADDS SCOADDS FRAMENUM NCOADDS DETSEC DATASEC FRAMENUM SKYFRAME DETSIZE CHIPSIZX CHIPSIZY B_EXT1 B_EXT2 B_EXT3 B_EXT4 B_DSUB1 B_DSUB2 B_DSUB3 B_DSUB4 B_VREST1 B_VREST2 B_VREST3 B_VREST4 B_VBIAG1 B_VBIAG2 B_VBIAG3 B_VBIAG4 B_VNBIA1 B_VNBIA2 B_VNBIA3 no object T1llum_srr30_300s_0214 30 0 235 67145 932855 865710408 2 pixel time base index 10000 150 150 sample ramp read break ReadWoConv
96. CI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 FITS compr to use the internal tile compression registered as a convention of the FITS standard 8 9 x dif intf No longer supported sngle frms to add the S option to the save command which puts the individual frames into the FITS files not the pre correlated preprocessed images x auto save to save the data automatically without waiting for a request through a save via command shell or GUI x immed save to save the data as soon as reading a frame is completed The dif ference to the auto save is not waiting for macro termination and even starting the disk transfer before saving the previous frame has finished used for the dif intf Note that the save options are overridden by any options specified in observing macros For example save f 2 i in a macro will integrate from image 2 to the end of the next filename hugo_0001 from to area 11 4096 4096 integrated of FITS cube of MEF of FITS compr of dif intf of sngle frms of auto save of immed save of OK cancel Figure 9 Save options window series and save only a single file even if the save options specify saving images separately Turning on auto save will execute a save after every read without clicking on the save button Test indicates that not the current parameter of the Filename is the root name for the next image but simply test
97. EIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 geirs_control 1 GEIRS geirs_control 1 NAME geirs_control open the GEIRS control GUI SYNOPSIS geirs_control x xdevice d xdevice f font r t OPTIONS x or d followed by a X11 device name specify on which display the GUI is opened f followed by an X11 font name specifies the font to be used for labels and fields r disables the motor wheel submenus This eful for the cases where GEIRS does not control motors which means for LUCI CARMENES and Linc Nirvana t disables temperature monitor functionality This is useful where GEIRS does deal with temperatures and pressures which means for LUCI CARMENES and Linc Nirvana DESCRIPTION The control GUI is usually either started by default when GEIRS is started or sometimes not started at all if any client takes full control of the exposures This means the geirs_control command is mainly useful to operators who have closed the GUI with the X button of the window manager and want to get it back Colors The buttons submenues and input fields that is the active components are light grey The parameters computed by the software passive output only are dark grey The disk fill status shows in red the portion of the CAMPATH that is already full in green the available free space This is equivalent to df 1 for the partition shown in the file CAMPATH usually located in HOME tmp Options submenu Allows t
98. ES the software issues a warning and chops off the pixels that fall outside that detector area The software windows with different wid indices may overlap There are two variants of handling subwindows that by the operator s layout stretch across different detector chips e Ifthe code has been compiled with the preprocessor variable GEIRS_FITS_KEEP_SWWIN_ENUM defined in Makefile am GEIRS refuses to accept windows that have pixels on different chips Also the operator s integer enumeration of the software windows here in the subwin command is carried over to the name convention of FITS files and the EXTNAME definition in MEF files This is the default for all instruments e If otherwise the code has been compiled without the preprocessor variable GEIRS_FITS_KEEP_SWWIN_ENUM defined in Makefile am GEIRS splits and re enumerates windows that have pixels on different chips The windows are then LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Inst allation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 73 Chapter 66 subwin 38 enumerated contiguously from 1 upwards in the FITS file name and EXTNAME values The software windows are independent of not shared with the window set of the sfdump command and or the set of the reset windows associated with the srre mode The command subwin without any parameter shows how many windows of which kind are currently defined and activated If the subwin command changes the set of window geometries the
99. GUI s and servers of the camera software If the command is used in a macro and the argument macro is added the effect is just to exit leave the macro at that point but without shutting down the other parts of GEIRS This is merely a means of type saving because it allows to ignore all the trailing lines in a macro script from some point on 21 filter type USER syntax filter position Where position is one of the filter macro names defined in CAMINFO fmacros instr and the suffix instr is actually panic because this is the only instrument where this version of GEIRS steers wheels The macros in this file define the position of all wheels following e means leave this wheel wherever it is Syntax In a fmacros file comments are started with either the semicolon or with the sharp and extend to the rest of the line in which they occur Empty lines are ignored Each other line is converted to uppercase letters for further use In each line a name label characterizing the compound filter set and the individual wheel positions are separated by any amount of white space blanks If there are more names than wheels in the instrument the trailing names are ignored Each position other than the star and the dash mentioned above refers to a name in CAMINFO elements instr and to a name in a file CAMINFO wheel 0 instr a set of files that enumerate wheels starting at index 0 again with the instrument s name as
100. I board plugged into the computer Each time the driver is recompiled all GEIRS versions need to be recompiled because they are linked with the binaries in the usr src directory Section 2 3 2 1 2 Autotools The GEIRS compilation is based on a recent version of GNU autotools in particular on autoconf at least at version 2 68 If your configuration is too old an update of the autotools ought be installed in the local user s directory who will compile GEIRS as follows First ensure that HOME bin is in PATH prior to the paths of the old tools Download m4 from ftp ftp gnu org gnu m4 and install with tar xzf m4 1 4 17 tar gz cd m4 1 4 17 configure prefix HOME make make install m4 version Then download libtool from ftp ftp gnu org gnu libtool and install with The step that dives into the extern directory of the GEIRS source code can be skipped to save some time because none of the external packages links with the PLX driver The configure make and make install steps in the top source need to be redone 10 LUCI2MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 tar xzf libtool 2 4 6 tar gz cd libtool 6 configure prefix HOME make make install libtool version Then download autoconf from http ftp gnu org gnu autoconf and install with tar xzf autoconf 2 69 tar gz cd autoconf 2 69 configure prefix HOME make make install autoconf version Then do
101. LUCI1 2 Generic Infrared Software Installation and User s Manual Doc No LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 Short Title GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Date December 10 2015 a A ios Name Date Signature AP a a od dos Name Date Signature Released A A A A teh ded deesld Name Date Signature ii LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Change Record Issue Date Sect Reason Initiation Documents Remarks 1 317 2014 11 13 all created LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 iii Contents 1 OVERVIEW 1 Le Desi om Goa bee ee eR rs is ee oe ee ee ok Ge aS 1 Ty iterace smc ad a key ea eee Be ee Bee eee ee ee ES 1 1 3 Operatii As erra simane as ee Hee Oe Rs ee hed Bate eg 2 LA ARONS 5 4 a kdb te kG a BRED a a SEER OHS GS 2 ip References 4 4 4 hedge yok a Se do a Ge ee ee A ee oe Ge ee es 5 2 INSTALLATION 6 2 1 External Software dos as aoo a 268 ee be eee ee be we ee eee ee ee kes 6 DLI o AA 6 2 LD AGOUOOIS saie ne a a Ad e a a sind de A 9 2 13 Compilers ac o dade Bek aa aa a a dal 10 ALAN WWOOSt se Ace ta e do a Be RA ad da a 11 21 0 Other 42204658 p86 la a a DES ES 12 2 2 Obtaining the Source Code and Patterns 2 2 0 2 e 0 002 G 12 2a Gompuanion ss a 4 2 ats aR a Be A ae BL A Gk Bk BS be a ia 14 2 4 De Installabi n curar ety 2 WO Gok ed OR Be we BE Bw Se e coe
102. MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Inst allation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 67 Chapter 28 init 14 The parameter typeName sets the idle type The available choices depend on the camera Valid idle types for Lucifer ROE and MPIA3 ROE are e default sets the instrument default idletype e ReadWoConv uses the current read out mode without conversion this was the default with previous software releases e Reset fast reset cycles e Rir reset level read cycles e Lir fullmpia interlvd rd rd lir cycles Examples idlemode default idlemode type Rlr idlemode wait idlemode break 28 init type USER Re initializes one of the three subsystems The command will be rejected while the camera ie what the readout electronics is frequently called in this manual or the telescope subsystem are in their busy states 28 1 camera syntax init camera name r 1 chans o optics s status m status t status Initialize the camera Valid camera names and optics are defined in CAMHOME src cameratypes h Camera names are not case sensitive and one of Panic Nirvana Lucil Luci2 Carmenes If no name is given the current settings are used and checked Examples init camera r re initializes the camera settings and the specified options init camera initializes the camera implementing setting the defaults Without the option r all options which are not set with this init command are set to defau
103. Manual Issue 2 344 71 Chapter 58 save 30 The SAVEMODE keyword will then be set to single frame read and will differ from the value of the READMODE keyword Also the NFRAMES will refer to the single frame count not the number of correlating images This option cannot be combined with i because i explicitly requests to combine all frames into images The option can be combined with M and or with 1 Example If save 1 S is used with the lir mode and crep was 3 a PANIC full frame FITS file contains a data cube of 1 4096 1 4096 1 6 pixels in the primary HDU If the name of this FITS file is aa_0001 fits the heatools command ftcopy aa_0001 fits 4 5 out fits would extract slices 4 to 5 of the cube and put them into the file out fits which is created e z Store images as tile compressed data of the FITS standard Only enabled if either the M is also given or if 1 is both absent Otherwise 1 without M is has has no effect e C Add CHECKSUM keywords to the header data units This is not yet implemented for all combinations of the other options Actually the option is currently only making a difference if M is also in use The option is only available in the command interface not through the submenue of the control GUI Note that use of this option assumes that all further handling of FITS files by other programs including those triggered by the scripts in the scripts QueueFiles are checksum aware whi
104. Nirvanamatnar MagMode 7 SubArr i FWHM Log 4 2763 Figure 18 Magnifier dropdown Menu Magnifier Zoom window this is the default mode FWHM Log Measures the FWHM of the indicated object each time a new image is displayed and plots a running history of the values This is useful for rough focusing To get reasonably accurate measurements of the FWHM the aperture of the box used set with radius see below must be large enough to include a couple of rows of sky pixels around the object e SubArrays Relocates the frames read as subwindows specified by the subwin command into the full detector geometry on a black background The two available choices are i to show the windows that will actually be stored in the FITS files Figure 19 or ii to show the information sent from the ROE to the workstation Figure 20 prior to the additional clipping Many examples of this look are shown in the Subarrays section of 10 The A VETY y SubArr SW y Figure 19 Subarray menu of Figure 15 with the software windows difference between these sets of pixels in the two displays is detailed elsewhere 3 There is some potential impact on setting up exposures The cycle time of the exposures is spent by the read out and ADC conversion to generate the wider set of data shown in Figure 20 which is then cut into the smaller pieces by GEIRS on the workstation to the customized slices of Figure 19 Once knowing th
105. Once the instrument is run in a stable environment the default address is known and compiled into the scripts 2 The CAMROE_REV must be set to the existing pattern directory This must be done even if the software is used in ROE simulation mode The default is to use the newest pattern directory installed on the computer that xterm to the Panel 10 This is useful because it virtually increases the pool of spare ROEs to 5 for Lucil Luci2 and Linc Nirvana 1 of course the geirs_start GUI still allows everbody to start every instrument LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 19 2 6 4 Shared Memory Whereas the setup in Section 2 5 allows some maximum of the memory real and virtual to be dedicated to shared memory blocks by any applications on the computer GEIRS needs also to be configured to request some or all of this when started This is done by editing the size of the variable CAMSHMSZ in CAMHOME scripts GENERIC likely by setting it to some default of approximately 2048 depending on the name of the workstation Typically this will be the integer obtained from cat proc meminfo fgrep MemTotal divided by 2000 a factor of thousand to transcribe the number of megabytes and a factor of two to respect the needs of other programs with the thread of swapping The main effect of this number is to limit the number of frames that can be held in memory for the standard non continuous
106. R syntax version Returns the version string of the GEIRS software 80 wheel type USER 80 1 Basic use syntax wheel wheel position name Only relevant to some Calar Alto instruments that control motorized wheels by GEIRS Move wheel number to the named position or return the status information The is the wheel number from 0 up to n inclusive as shown by the answer of the command wheel if used without arguments Examples wheel Returns overview of all wheels reads and displays current wheel positions wheel 2 Returns information on wheel 2 wheel 2 wollaston45 Moves wheel2 to the wollaston45 position If the wheel number is replaced by the string aperture the command addresses the first wheel that is in the aper class in the INFO wheel files For PANIC this is actually the cold stop wheel wheel becomes a background process and should be followed by a sync if called from within a macro Chapter 80 wheel 48 80 2 focus syntax wheel focus on off new wheel focus on off new controls the relative focus adjustment for the selected combi nation of elements Example wheel focus off deactivates the focus correction of all filter wheels for the subsequent wheel filter commands until it is reactivated Example wheel focus on re activates the focus correction for the subsequent filter wheel commands which are tagged for CHKFOCUS correction in the wheelN lt instrumen
107. Section 5 3 is set from the usual considerations on fluxes readout noise and so on this trivially leads to N 1 lt I 1 4s 2 A maximum of I in spectroscopic modes is defined by the allowable shift of the radial velocity i e line wandering on the detector due to Earth rotation nutation due to Earth ecliptic motion changes in air mass and so on while integrating e The parameter N defines the number of frames that will be stored on the workstation which runs GEIRS There is a finite amount of RAM R and an alternating buffer scheme in GEIRS which leads to a maximum amount of available memory of R 2 for a single exposure started with the read In fact this is set with the CAMSHMSZ parameter at startup Section 3 2 Let Na 1 or Ng 2 be the number of chips in the camera for LUCI or CARMENES respectively Each frame demands 2 x N x 2048 bytes in memory and the obvious constraint is lt 7 3 2x 2 x Ng x 20482 Note that this number needs in addition to be divided by the cycle repetition parameter crep in Section 5 3 if exposures are scheduled to follow immediately on each other For N This is not relevant for the standard CARMENES operation because the abort command would terminate the entire sequence of exposures So crep is almost always 1 here LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 89 Aw Carmenescarmenes Display vtrunk r732M 6 r File_v Color 7 MagMode
108. T provides the file name and needs to have dif as a substring e d do not create FITS files Just dump the shared memory framebuffer e c overwrite existing files for this save operation only e p save not the actual sequence but the previous one Option p is only meant for interactive usage It is not a good idea to use it in a macro e M Create images in the MEF multi extension FITS format Each subwindow is placed into an image extension of the FITS files The primary HDU does not contain any images only a header The option has an additional effect for cameras with more than one detector chip subwindows that cross chip borders are further divided along the chip borders The default not using M yields separate files with enumerating suffix _wini fits For CARMENES however the M is always implicitly activated If this option is combined with the 1 option the extensions are FITS cubes and each of these contains layers with the sucession of exposures in that subwindow e S Save the individual frames of what has been read without regard of the cycle type correlation type that was active during the exposure The option essentially unbundles all the implicit associations between the frames it may be used to implement pipeline stages that act on these FITS files with refined correction methods beyond the simple add or fit schemes implemented in GEIRS LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Inst allation and User s
109. TRL is not set in the environment that LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 39 is in the shell script to start the instrument The display is passive in the sense that they show a scan of lines in a special format taken from a log file that is typically fed by a cron 5 job which reads the sensors GEIRS does not need to be online to store these The plot may even be displayed with cd GEIRS INFO xterm e gnuplot tmp_gp panic if GEIRS is not started Irrelevant in the case of LBT instruments or CARMENES which have dedicated sub systems to deal with these house keeping data JitterPlot shows statistics of the frame arrival time jitters Section 4 3 6 New InstrShell Opens a instrument shell window similar to Figure 10 Del InstrShell Closes the instrument shell window DebugLog Mon Opens a debug log monitor similar to Figure 11 ErrorLog Mon Opens an error log monitor similar to Figure 12 ROE Log Mon Opens a log monitor similar to Figure 13 showing a history of com mand exchange with the ROE Cmd Log Mon Opens a log monitor similar to Figure 14 e Options Menu Sound calls up a sound menu where a specific sound file can be associated with a variety of different events such as telescope moves completion of a read Savepath Macropath and Objectpath are directories that tell GEIRS where to save FITS data and where to look for macro and object astronomer s pointing coor
110. XAMPLE Additional portions of the FITS header go to sky hdr for later inclusion by an external program TwoMassCnvrt D 2mass tmcl d 0 160960 r 18 47378813 b K p 2048 s 0 45 gt sky List 2 gt sky hdr Assume that sky conf takes sky fits as the name of the output file and that this is made explicit in sky conf This run generates sky list Fedithead then inserts the keywords of sky hdr sky sky List Version trunk r748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2015 1 Version trunk r748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2015 1 ds9loop 1 GEIRS ds9loop 1 fedithead 1 GEIRS fedithead 1 NAME NAME ds9loop call ds9 in a loop over FITS files in directories fedithead batch FITS primary header keyword editor SYNOPSIS SYNOPSIS ds9loop ds9option directory directory fedithead v fitsfilename templatehdrfilename templatehdrfilename DESCRIPTION OPTIONS The command interprets all arguments that start with a dash as ds9 1 options and all others as directories An optional argument v triggers a detailed message of the program for each keyword changed It calls ds9 1 with the options sequencing through all files with suffix fits DESCRIPTION The user must close or exit the ds9 GUI to move on to the next FITS file EXAMPLES ds9loop ds9loop datal Panic ds9loop multiframe ds9loop mosaicimage disk d carmenes DATA 2015 02 Version trunk 1748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2015 1 Fedithead edits FITS header data following directions from a configura
111. _DIR configure x libraries usr lib x includes usr include openSUSE 13 2 configure CentOS 7 nice make gt build log 2 gt amp 1 nice make install gt install log 2 gt amp 1 chmod x headas init 5 add to HOME bash_login details of the libc will probably differ export HEADAS HOME heasoft 6 16 x86_64 unknown linux gnu libc2 19 SHEADAS headas init sh and make sure that your terminals are login terminals
112. ace with the telescope or motor and other controllers The commands are either in the category type USER or type ENG or type SUPER the commands in the latter two categories are rejected unless one is using the instrument under one of the engineering observer ID s or the observer ID master The observer ID is configured in the top field in the GUI of Figure 4 62 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Table of Contents OvervVieW e scascs ienPerdicaait octane iii 1 1 AD OF uc ia i 1 PE o ria oben in des TISTI T 2 GEIRS Command Interface Generic Infrared Detector Software A 2 Max Planck Institute of Astronomy Heidelberg 8 December 2015 A gt AULOSAVES cocci oe dia sikh ra ee 2 A agate dracawaennr aca dawaes ose 3 LIE CCOO OO gu EEE T E A deedeamanes 3 TO COD DOR ciar E AEE 4 8 lt COMMUNE cositas ts nied aba da ss 4 9 como 2 ices necherdsney ide dai 4 TO COMME Wi a LANENA 5 A ga sander delete saa ree 5 12 CMC aia 6 13 scty PEN a at 6 TA dee casinos inercia one 8 A A siete A E T 8 O 8 gt AT E E 9 Richard J Mathar mathar mpia de Clemens Storz 18 ENESTAL US cis rara 9 BS o ETETE bs ed pealiaegs bagae esas 17 19 ae I oe a AN ieee AEE 10 BO A 18 WE a PERTOT EET TE TASET 10 A aa saya sete ere OAA R ere 20 AL e ci cages in Raed ier a kain 10 BO MACOS Bais Sia EEA Vasa ee oR ER Dae 20 39 Median icrcc secs aedege derriba 21 AO ME e 22
113. an of variances independent of median pixel of averages takes it from the average pixel Default variance is taken as independent median value e rnl n2 use images n1 through n2 e g test var r 2 11 e rl nl use images n1 through the last e g test var r1 2 s use the software subwins for the tests if activated Instead of the default statistics looking at the quadrants the statistics is done by subwindow e q use only quadrant or output channel or SW subwindow number where the numbering starts at 1 e g test var q 1 This option is only available with the var parameter LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Inst allation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 75 Chapter 77 ustatus 46 Warning the combination s q is not allowed If the s option is not used all HW read data are accumulated to get the statistics With the s option statitics is calculated in SW subwindows ignoring in which HW channels these are located The defaulted output of the command std for PYRAMIR 4 channels for example is test std mean amp stdv amp n 4 outputs 10 images ctype rrr mpia camera Pyramir itime 1 000000 ctime 1 186678 FULL frame 1 npixel 1048576 output 1 2004 20 3 839 2621440 output 4 2004 32 3 921 2621440 output 2004 31 3 947 0 121 4 which shows for each ADC channel the mean standard devtion and pixel count The final line in the output on the GEIRS she
114. ar n li Ne Il P ll oP WN O m4 A third variant is to save some typing by expansion of m4 macros If a file tst m4 contains define a m4 macro expo with a roe subwin read sync save sync atomic operation define expo interpret the first argument as an ems paramter roe ems 1 interpret the second and third parameter as the lower left coordinates of a window divided by 128 subwin auto 1 eval 2 128 eval 3 128 128 128 read sync save sync subwin clear LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 81 run one exposure with ems 1 then one with ems 2 and another with ems 1 expo 1 1 1 expo 2 2 2 expo 1 3 4 then m4 mloop m4 gt tst mac generates a file with three exposures The same macro generator variants could be worked out in many other programming languages Driver Loops An alternative is to drive the instrument through the cmd_extension interfaces of the scripts directory here for example from other programs interpreters bash perl python tcl MIDAS Macros are not needed in such case A python script would do this by its os system calls An example with three outer loops over a variable e which feeds the ems setting and five inner loops over a variable w which implements a marching square subwindow might look as follows import os for e in 1 2 4 os system cmd_nirva_new roe ems str e
115. as 1 and 2 in the common Unix Linux shells or in the argv vector of higher programming languages if one would replace the shell script by any binaries The features of that architecture are e At the point in time when QueueFiles is called the FITS files are already closed So instead of polling the status of the crep counter or any similar status variable or polling the file system for any new files that arrive it is safer and less disruptive to trigger pipeline actions by adding them to the script e The save command is finished when QueueFiles terminates If foreground commands in QueueFiles hang save does not terminate which might lead to the wrong conclusion that GEIRS hangs whereas it actually waits e As already said QueueFiles is called synchronously with the save Within this script how ever further actions may be pushed into background processes such that they are effectively becoming asynchronous to the GEIRS processing e The sync and sync save command wait on the save command so the delay depends im plicitly on the timing chosen within the QueueFiles e The QueueFiles must be a valid script and of course be executable as usual in the Unix Linux sense It may be empty aside from comments etc if there is nothing to be done e There is only one QueueFiles If instrument pipelines or monitors need variable actions depending on other than the two variables forwarded as command line arguments they either need to edi
116. assCnvrt extract positions and magnitude from 2MASS in skymaker format SYNOPSIS TwoMassCnvrt D 2massdir r RA h d DEC deg p px s arcs m mag b JH K gt sky list 2 gt sky hdr OPTIONS D is followed by the location of the directory of the 2MASS catalog This is without the 2 t cat portion of the file names r is followed by the right ascension in hours from 0 to 24 of the pointing in the center of the FITS plate Instead of a floating point number in hours the RA may also be provided by the standard two colon hex format HH MM SS ss d is followed by the declination in degrees from 90 to 90 of the pointing in the center of the FITS plate Instead of a floating point number in hours the DEC may also be provided by the standard two colon hex format DD MM SS p defines the number of the pixels along x and along y We are only dealing with quadratic detector areas The product of this with the pixel scale is the two sided field of view in which stars of the 2MASS catalogue must reside to be copied to the output Warning this must be the same as the IMAGE_SIZE in the sky conf file s is the pixel scale in units of arcseconds per pixel Warning this must be the same as the PIXEL_SIZE in the sky conf file m clips the magnitude in the infrared band not referring to the visible of the star list that is put to the output A number of 8 5 for example means that only objects brighter than 8 5 numerica
117. ation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 PERCT500 PERCT975 Euis provide the ADU levels of 2 5 5 97 5 percentiles The value of PERCT500 for exam ple is the median ADU in the corresponding image or frame The data allow a quick look at the saturation level inside the image If the keywords are generated a quick extraction of the median for example of a sequence of FITS files can be generated with a script like bin bash cd 2015 03 02 move to the data directory for j in Linr fits do loop over the FITS files of interest extract PERCT500 the 50 0 percentile from extension 1 dfits x 1 j fits fgrep PERCT500 awk print 6 done or for named extensions bin bash cd 2015 03 02 move to the data directory for j in Linr fits do loop over the FITS files of interest copy the extension of interest to the primary header of tmp fits rm tmp fits ftcopy j SCA1 tmp fits copyall no extract PERCT500 the 50 0 percentile from primary header of tmp fits dfits tmp fits fgrep PERCT500 awk print 67 done e RESWNOO1 RESWNOO2 indicate the location and dimension of reset windows in the srre mode The indices in the keywords are generally not the same as in the operator s initial files The keywords ALT AZ and PARANG appear only if activated at compile time in Makefile am as documented in the file INSTALL of the source distribution Because GEIRS is not an astrometry packa
118. ause GEIRS to emit a slave tele pos command which get DETROT90 DETXYFLIP also should be waited on get FS_FCAP Chapter 25 help 12 Chapter 27 idlemode 13 get FRAMESPERIMG get HWAWINS get LASTFILE get MACRONAME get MAXIMAGES get NIMAGE get NPIXEL get OBSERVER get OBSGEO H get TELESCOPE get WMACROS get XDIM YDIM The start of the current or previous exposure the number of frames received up to now and the distance between nondestructive reads in the srr or srre modes can be read with get INT_START_SEC get NFRAME get INT_DELTA_SEC 24 gui type USER syntax gui x xserver font Starts the graphical user interface GUI for the camera For the description of the options see Chapter 9 control page 4 25 help type USER syntax help Prints the list of commands allowed to the current class of the user syntax help command prints information about the specified command where e syntax describes the various parameters and switches e type e USER normal user command e ENG engineering command not needed for standard operations e SUPER system safety critical commands A password is required to use such a command the observer s name has to be the password Parameters in are optional List of exclusive values are enclosed in 26 history type USER 26 1 history syntax history ntax Print the GEIRS shell command history 26 2 previous syntax Repeats t
119. bdirectory of a subversion branch name like GEIRS hwplx bin GEIRS rjm_r713M bin or GEIRS trunk bin Whereas the variable CAMHOME usually remains fixed for the operator CAMBIN is chosen as one of these subdirectories when GEIRS is started this allows switching between different releases of the software The installation script selects the version with the highest revision number in the CAMHOME directory CAMINFO A subdirectory for configuration purposes typically CAMHOME INFO The main pur pose is to aggregate the pattern ROE Driver files prepared in Section 2 2 It also contains bad pixel masks and gnuplot command sequences Figure 22 CAMROE_REV The name of a subdirectory of CAMINFO with the patterns to be applied If the variable is not set a default is used which is equivalent to the name of the camera either Panic Carmenes Luci2 Nirvana or Lucil There may be more than one of these subdirectories to allow switching between different pattern versions Examples Panic or Panic_r74 or Panic_r76 for PANIC Carmenes or Carmenes_r5 for CARMENES Nirvana or Nirvana_r98 for LINC NIRVANA Luci1_ r19M or Luci2_r20 for LUCI CAMTMP The name of the directory for temporary files If not set explicitly set to TMPDIR TMP or HOME tmp in that order depending on whether the enviroment variables TMPDIR or TMP are set CAMPORT IP port of the ROE as a string of the tcp xxx xxx xx xx 4000 format Empty or not set if there is no ROE rack su
120. ch means they either update the value or delete the keyword once they change keywords or data of the HDU Note that the checksum is aware of the keyword notifications scheduled through the CAMTMP geirsPhduAdd mechanism so from this point of view it is safe to use the geirsPhduAdd files in conjunction with the C e space comma space delimiter for a next complete save set The comma is handled like a parameter token If no filename is given the default filename is used If the filename is given it is advised to let that file name end on a group of digits because default files names of files created after this one are basically chosen by incrementing the ASCII letters with some wrap around after the 9 This is fine as long as one wants to move from files A upwards to Z and from a to z and from 0 to 9 but becomes ugly if this sort of extrapolation enters the region of file names with special characters See Chapter 40 next page 22 With option b the filename might be a device dev pcdl Example save Sp Sl 5 speah Hi which saves the previous images as FITS cubes as an integrated summed single fits image the current images as FITS cubes and the current images as integrated images After a save the filesystem will be checked If the capacity is below a certain value you will get a warning from the system Chapter 59 set 31 Examples save b s immediately batch stream to PKGOUTPORT intf save b s filename immediatelay
121. ch that this interface will be used in software simulation The modification of this address on the ROE side via its interfaces is described in 5 Sec 4 1 2 6 and Section A 1 Wherever GEIRS is run it must be able to connect to the ROE that controls the detector via the Internet the fiber pair from that ROE must lead back to the expected OPTPCle board without swapping the two fiber heads The fiber connection does not use any sort of network protocol but bare 16 bit data so it cannot work through any type of hubs routers or switches it must be direct in that sense allowing only patch panels ST connectors etc to cross between laboratories Note that the DATAINPORT1 assignments are dynamic if any OPTPCle board is removed from the computer the remaining one is always addressed as dev p1x00 If the environment variable is not set otherwise start_luci1 and the variants with new or old take tcp 192 168 0 14 4000 by default whereas start_luci2 and its variants take tcp 192 168 0 24 4000 by default If a spare ROE rack is available there are two options to swap it in LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 25 OPTPCIe OPTPCIe OPTPCIe dev pIx00 dev plx10 dev p1x00 7 Lf ROE 192 168 0 14 ROE 192 168 0 24 ROE 192 168 0 34 Figure 1 The ROE sends the digitized pixel data of the detector chip through one fiber of the fiber pair the other fiber is not used Each of the two LUCI
122. changed e cstxlib only the cstxlib module is changed e rdbase only the rdbase module is changed Values should be given by their strings It is also possible to use a numerical value which will be filtered according to the level bits options If the number starts Ox it is intepreted as a hexadezimal number if it starts 0 followed by digits as octal String values the for option level all in capitals e F ATAL E RROR W ARNING always active loglevel 0 e I NFO log level 1 V ERBOSE log level 2 e D EBUG log level 3 e T RACE log level 4 e LIOWLEVEL log level 5 String values for the option bits all in capitals e NONE e ALL e STD the standard initialisation value of the sw switches e DFLT the default log switch normal user cannot remove it With the option help a listing of all value and module names is given Without additional parameters log save gives the current state of the save modules set tings Without additional parameters log alone lists all current states Chapter 38 macro 20 37 ls type USER syntax ls switches filename Executes 1s UNIX style with options syntax ls Print contents of current save directory see Chapter 16 dir page 8 The command may fail if someone else created the directory but did not give sufficient rights to the Unix group or others to switch to that directory 1s aa0010 fits ls 1 aa0010 fits 1s ls fits 38 macro type USER sy
123. copied into the header cards when PANIC is in fact using that readout mode The noise in the actual FITS images is a function of amongst others the readout modes electronic sampling etc as surveyed in 10 For instruments with more than one detector chip both keywords are adorned with 1 based integers EGAIN1 EGAIN2 and so on ROVER MPIA IR ROelectronic Vers 3 Version det electronics A rough characterization of the MPIA readout electronics The FPGA program versions are not reported in the header STRT_INT 42822 774880 s 11 53 42 7749 start integration UT STOP_INT 42825 483222 s 11 53 45 4832 stop integration UT These two UTC time stamps are the most accurate timing information available for astrom etry in any follow up pipeline The STOP_INT is slightly earlier than the end of read time stamp in UT EQUINOX 2000 a OBSEPOCH 2013 384920 a Julian year of the RA and DEC information and of the data acquisition Note that the precision of 1 x 107 years in the numerical value of a year is only equivalent to 30 seconds POINT_NO O ct pointing counter DITH_NO O ct dither step EXPO_NO 1 ct exposure read counter The three numbers are modified by the counter command Section 5 3 The intent of the POINT_NO and DITH NO variables is to keep track of dithered nodding imaging with imaging optics It is entirely up to the software operator that drives GEIRS whether these t
124. copy windows that are entirely inside the 4 pixel wide eges of the reference pixels which are probably filler windows created with the other syntax This kind of invocation of geirs_srreConfig is only mentioned to complete the documenta tion and as a warning against dropping the option i it is of no value for operation of the instrument Disabling As a support for intermediate ROE versions that may not have firmware support of the reset window patterns GEIRS runs through a set of decisions to consider the srre type supported or unsupported If supported the srre appears in the Read Mode submenue in Figure 6 1 srre is not supported on Hawaii 2 detectors and not supported for PANIC 2 srre is supported in all other cases unless all of the following is correct e The file CAMTMP ip address exists where the IP address is the currently agitated readout electronics e There is a line in that file that sets the keyword CANSRRE to the value F Note that this uses the FITS syntax for boolean values in particular the F is not enclosed with quote marks In short that means that one can temporarily switch off the mode within GEIRS running LUC1 or LUCI2 on a ROE with the early firmware by adding the line CANSRRE F with a text editor to the configuration file CAMTMP 192 168 0 24 5 7 Tutorial Basically GEIRS is commanded by a base set of about 10 commands the read save pairs and parameters that define integration time number of rep
125. ct quivers on some fast time scales or ii reduce the disk space consumption of the FITS data by discarding flat field empty areas of the detector that are of no interest Resetting some areas of the frames after each read while the otherwise non destructive reads of multi correlated readout modes are ongoing This is only supported by Hawaii 2 RG detectors in conjunction with some of the MPIA ROE s i e those of LUCI and CARMENES but not of PANIC and will be called the subwindow reset mode The interface shows two aspects First telling GEIRS where these windows are located in the FITS coordinate system in the detector plane second telling GEIRS that the subsequent detector readouts should use the mode command ctype srre Section 5 6 2 In a vague sense this results in some opposite of the windows in the first item the selected areas remain dark er than the rest of the images whereas in the bullet above only the areas inside the windows remain visible The main objective of this mode is to subdue brightly illuminated parts on the detector One can increase the integration time such that the readout values of most of the pixels increases and at the same time the pixels in the reset windows are often reset and do not saturate as they would otherwise Overall this helps to increase the accessible contrast and is typically used for spectroscopic modes read LUCI and CARMENES with a small number of bright lines that can be sacrificed fo
126. cted to the GEIRS computer to motors CAMBROWSER Full path name to a HTML browser Only used if the online help is called with the button as in Section 5 3 CAMWWW The full path name of the HTML help file for use as in Figure 7 CAMAUDIOPLAY The name and options of the executable that plays the sound files for example paplay aplay d 5 N q auplay or audioplay This specifies the full command stripped off its final parameter the file name such that attaching the name of the sound file and redirecting the standard output is a valid system call See also 7 CAMAUDIOMIX The name of the mixer of the audio files for example aumix If the variable is not set no mixer will be used 13 related to the existance of a 128 kB FIFO on the OPTPCI at the end of each channel fiber that feeds into the PLX At a standard readout frame period of 1 3 seconds the net 16 bit data stream from the ROE to the computer is4x2x 2048 1 3 bytes per second or 26 MB sec accumulated by the 4 PANIC chips With a single 128 kB buffer the maximum latency of the DMA transfer to the Linux kernel is 128 x 1024 26 x 1024 sec or 5 ms If the data are distributed over both channels the effective FIFO capacity is 2 x 128 kB and the latency allowance is doubled to 10 ms LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 29 CAMXSERV The name of the X server If not set the value will default to the content of the DISPLAY shell
127. d by the subwin command They may overlap Any pixels of the regions that fall outside the subwindows which actually are covered by the detector data are filled with zeros The implementation is by default dumping data into a directory without any overwrite protection and iterating over the same base file names during every new read We assume that these windows contain scratch data for online processing and do not have any lasting value and in this way avoid that an extra monitor on available disk space in this part of the file system is needed 25 The current implementation also copies reference pixels of Hawaii2 RG detectors into the regions which may change in the future 26i e the definition of the clobber command are ignored LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 117 7 MOTOR CONFIGURATION Section 7 is only applicable to PANIC not to the other instruments Motors are either moved individually with the wheel command or all in parallel by binding a specific set of positions of a macro name and calling the filter command with one of the filter macro names 7 1 Files All these files are read from the CAMBIN admin directory where CAMBIN depends on the GEIRS version selected when GEIRS is started This implies that their contents is maintained in the SVN repository and new contents should be fed back into the repository not to be lost 7 1 1 wheel The wheel indices are in
128. d log switch A plus sign in front of value adds that value to the setting of the selected log switch Without any of the two signs in front that value is set as the new switch For level all lower loglevel are activated Examples log all STD sets all main object levels to init values log all DEBUG sets all main object levels to loglevel 3 log m l read VERBOSE sets for process read the loglevel to 2 log o b rdbase VERB1 sets fpr object rdbase the VERB1 bits log o l rdbase TRACE adds for object rdbase the TRACE level log o l rdbase LOWL removes for object rdbase the LOWL level log MSG TRACE adds shell outputs for all TRACE level logs log MSG STD sets shell outputs to init state options e m main selects a main process as module e o bject selects a source object as module e l evel controls the logging levels e b its controls the switches inside a level e h help outputs all possible settings or use tab in shell Chapter 36 log 19 Modulename MSG without any options sets the log to shell output bits same bit definitions like the logbits Module names for the option main e all all processes are changed with the new parameter set e read only the read process is changed e save only the save process e libplxmpia e plxMPIA Modules names for the option object are e all all modules are changed with the new parameter set e nutil only the nutil module is
129. d that way 2 3 Compilation There is only installation support based on the GNU autotools This works as described in the file CAMHOME branch INSTALL in the source code which is particularly designed to be copied and pasted into a bash shell after changing to the installation directory or to be executed This contains 16 commands at present and is in general the only thing that needs to be done to upgrade the GEIRS version The installation should not be upgraded while GEIRS is running because some files at common places will be replaced by the versions of the release that is compiled for the same reason as the one mentioned in Sect 4 1 Compile GEIRS separately for each user Do not cross link binaries from one account to another because the source code uses static variables and these would be shared if the binaries would be run by the different accounts at the same time leading to interference effects between the concurrent GEIRS sessions The subdirectories admin and devel are not compiled with a standard installation By design there are GEIRS features that depend on whether the source code is compiled on a computer with a MPIA IP address or not for example e The standard logging level is reduced outside MPIA e Default IP addresses change e Support of handling temperatures and pressures is reduced outside MPIA for instruments other than PANIC e Lookup for ROE addresses uses a local name server If you are meeting
130. dinate files Macropath the default search path for GEIRS macros is usually set to the MACROS subdirectory in CAMHOME A default for the CAMPATH is proposed which is derived from the current value of the directory by replacing the lowest component with the instrument name and an ISO time stamp of the current date Figure 8 Pressing cancel keeps the current value which is shown in the title bar of the GUI Editing the path name and pressing ok or carriage return may pop up another window which asks to create the directory A current tmp mathar Panic 2014 04 16 xv es tmp mathar Nirvana 2014 04 30 OK cancel Figure 8 Popup after Selecting Options gt SavePath in the Controls GUI of Figure 6 At the time when GEIRS is shut down the values are stored in the files CAMPATH CAMMACROS and CAMOBJECTS in the CAMTMP directory and retrieved from there at the next startup Logfile specifies where the log file is kept 40 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Below the drop down menus various fields display the status of the camera and allow the setup to be changed e Read setup Idle This parameter defines whether the transition from the idle mode to the read mode is done x abruptly break with a sort of immediate termination or break of the idle cycle or x whether the currently running idle cycle is completed before the read starts wait reaching first a
131. ds to be deleted and to be translated into a configuration file and calling a translator like fedithead in some sort of pipeline stage This may be customized by calling the translator from within the shell script CAMHOME scripts QueueFiles that is called by GEIRS for each new FITS file that is created If the keyword value pairs are already known at the end of the exposure the method of Section 6 2 is also applicable and more efficient to adapt the primary header keywords 6 4 GEIRS Core Keywords Some keywords remain after the purging mentioned above there are FITS mandatory keywords concerning the image dimensions and bits per pixel format 8 plus the following e MJD OBS 56433 495665 d Modified julian date days of observation This time refers approximately to the time when the FITS header was created and this happens after the STOP_INT which is more relevant to the observation e DATE OBS 2013 05 21T11 53 45 4834 da UT date of observation end e DATE 2013 05 21T11 54 17 5317 d UT date of file creation DATE is just mentioned for completion According to the FITS standards this time stamp will be updated and overwritten each time some other layer of the software modifies the images or keywords e UT 42825 483405 s 11 53 45 4834 UTC at EOread e LST 73883 640000 s local sidereal time 20 31 23 640 EDread The value of the local sidereal time is to be considered an estimate based on th
132. e aca ot a ee ee Ba ek be a eee ee S 142 A02 d891O0D a 6 eke ist ae ek y Ge ee Bee Bee eee Ge 142 AGO 3 MUSLOS a Yow So ok Ee a sl ae a ES we ee he 142 AGA FTOOLS Sx Dania ep a i a a a A a Gow os Fa SS 145 List of Figures 1 LUCI hardware configurations a oeoa ee 25 2 Image rotations with CAM_DETROT90 2 02 4 27 3 Mixed image rotations and flips s i aoso oeo ma pacana os Geba a e ee ee 27 4 GEIRS Startup Screen 4 4 5 4 de e a e e ae ee aa 33 5 GEIRS Enpineerine Startup cues ess ar a aa a 36 6 Camera Control Window ud dia e e ee 37 7 Help in the Browser ssp a A a aoe ee a ek 38 8 Save Path Selector siena 4 A de a ed bl a a 39 9 Save options window s 240 442 ms a a a aa 42 10 Command Shell Window sa sase coe se sasta cuece esas 44 11 Debug Los Window sos ssa eee p a bbe ana ae oo ee i Aog ae e a a a we 45 12 Error Loe Window 264 84 acs mop oiue aeg aoli RR A E ede x 45 1 ROE Log Window ss saa doe m 4k oe ew bade ee a a a 46 14 Command Log Window s s s s sot sa 60 bee eee Re he a aipud 46 15 Current Exposure Display re s sesa doa 0 000 anata waa ee 47 16 Filedropdown Meni e s ne sae doae ee A a A a 49 17 Color dropdown Menu soa ose neler eaa aa ee 49 18 Magnifier dropdown Menu aaau aaa a 50 vi LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 20 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Subarra
133. e command save has a functionality to trigger any type of pipeline code that may deal with the FITS files not the raw frames in more detail than just fitting a straight line through the time Because saving the probably large number of fast N frames is usally not needed and has some disadvantages detailed above there is an online GEIRS mechanism command sf dump in Section 5 3 and Section 6 6 which stores the frames on disk while the exposure continues The configuration options explained in Section 6 6 allow to subsample the raw frames i e to store only each second or each third etc frame This helps to avoid the time and disk space overhead mentioned above but does not support irregular frame subset picks LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 91 X Carmenescarmenes Display vtrunk r732M 6 r File_v Color 7 MagMode v SubArrays _ v Pixel 929 915 315 F Radius af13 ef cuts minimax 500 60 x meanidev 148 0 1781 _ FWHM flx 0 0 0 0 gt First MSEE AZ Tom Jers fimg 1 Sky of Figure 33 Image generated by the linear fit through 4 frames associated with the CARMENES Figure 32 Figure 34 illustrates how the integration time and the parameter N fix a time I N 1 between the raw frames that are stored in the computer s RAM and how a subset of these frames is dumped into FITS files for online monitoring Cor
134. e frames saved into srr60_0002 fits up to srr60_0014 fits is executed by the sequence ctype srr 13 itime 60 read sync next srr60_ save sync save S sync If the srr 13 at the start of this sequence is replaced by srre 13 the currently active set of reset windows is applied to each of the frames So the 12 of the frames in srr60_0003 fits to srr60_ 0014 fits have visible dark patterns where the reset windows have been placed The first frame srr60_0002 fits is the one read immediately after the initial reset and does not have such an imprinted pattern 5 7 5 subwindows multi extension FITS files Three subareas of the detector are selected as windows to be read the other pixels are discarded 14 correlated double samples are put into stacks FITS cubes in each of the extsions in the next FITS file Finally we create a another 14 images with the same integration time but reading the full detector and store it in the primary header of another file ctype lir crep 14 itime 9 subwin sw 1 90 150 90 160 subwin sw 2 900 150 90 160 subwin sw 3 500 500 20 20 subwin auto on read sync save 1 M sync subwin off 100 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 read sync save 1 sync 5 8 Python Wrapper The python interface mentioned in Section 3 1 offers a class GeirsSrv with the main functions expose to read out the detector and genFits to save the images into FITS files
135. e from the list that has somehost unix 13 xauth add MIT MAGIC COOKIE 1 A 5 2 Tunneling Supposed one whishes to exchange files with a remote computer on the LBT network this can basically be done by copying them first to ssh 1bto org and from there to the destination There are two possible directions of such a transfer The example to copy a file tst txt is 1 From the local computer named irws2 to the remote computer named luci luci lbto org irws2 gt scp p tst txt yoursshname ssh lbto org copy from local computer to ssh irws2 gt ssh X yoursshname ssh 1bto org log into the ssh ssh gt scp p tst txt geirsname luci luci lbto org transfer file to luci ssh gt rm tst txt clean up file on ssh ssh gt log out from ssh 2 From the remote computer to the local computer irws2 gt ssh X yoursshname ssh 1bto org log into the ssh ssh gt scp p geirsname luci luci lbto org tst txt copy from remote computer to ssh ssh gt log out from ssh irws2 gt scp p yoursshname ssh lbto org transfer file from ssh to local irws2 gt ssh X yoursshname ssh lbto org log agin into the ssh ssh gt rm tst txt clean up ssh intermediate copy This chain of copying is complicated and needs local disk space on the ssh intermediate computer that ought to be cleaned up The more elegant alternative is to set up a tunnel that passes the data from the local computer to the remote computer such that no intermed
136. e geometries of the associated larger LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 51 irvanamainar visplay VIJM 14UZ Y0 SubArr HW_v Figure 20 Subarray menu of Figure 15 with the hardware windows hardware windows one could reconfigure the geometry of the software windows to span the same entire area of the hardware windows basically gathering the wider field without any noticeable change in the integration time e Pixel When the cursor is in the image display window the pixel position x and y seperated by a comma and counts at that pixel are displayed here e Radius Sets the radius of the small cursor box in the image display See the above note on FWHM log about measuring the seeing Pressing the cuts button lets the result become the new choice for the cuts of the entire display e min max Show the minimum and maximum values of the pixels within the cursor box e mean dev Shows the mean and standard deviation of the pixels within the cursor box e FWHM flx Shows the FWHM and total flux in counts of an object selected with the cursor box e First Last Steps through a series of images in the current memory displays the first image moves one backward one forward or skips to the last Unless you need to review a set of images to determine for example whether the seeing was good enough to bother saving the data just leave this on last If the Img i
137. e monitor opened with the Module CmdLog Mon menu of Figure 6 Another logfile is opened at UTC midnight so one needs to close and reopen this GUI after midnight is also easier to navigate through pictures if windowing was used because GEIRS has no means to glue a set of subwindows geirs2Panic has been written to merge these frames after they have been stored as FITS files xpa is compiled for example by installing the heatools Section A 6 4 If xpa available users can send a duplicate of each new FITS file that is generated by the save command to an online ds9 application by adding two lines like Xpaset type xpaset awk print 3 cat 1 Xpaset ds9 fits to the QueueFiles shell script Sec 3 3 As an alternative to using the type command one may use the full path of xpaset or make sure by symbolic links that the path contains the executable Note that ds9 sometimes needs to read ds9 64 depending on how this was compiled With that setup opening the GUI in Figure 15 may be superfluous LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 47 i2 2 DX Display vrjm r A Figure 15 Current Exposure Display In this example an image by the GEIRS simulator is shown which always places stars randomly into the field with width equivalent to a seeing of 1 on a 0 12 pixel scale 48 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 The display t
138. e observatory coordinates Effects of precession nutation and so on are completely neglected 13 14 e ORIGIN Mount Graham MGIO Arizona TELESCOP LBT FRATIO F 15 1 OBSGEO L 109 889000 deg telescope geograph longit OBSGEO B 32 701300 deg telescope geograph latit OBSGEO H 3221 000000 m above sea level These keywords related to the name and location of the observatory are hardcoded in the software The OBSGEO keywords comply with the proposal on WCS coordinates 15 Three additional keywords OBSGEO X OBSGEO Y and OBSGEO Z will be created if the preprocessor variable GEIRS_FITS_OBSGEOKW is defined at compile time this is switched off by default e OBSERVER mathar This is equivalent to the most recent observer command received by GEIRS Section 5 3 or submitted with the start up GUI Figure 4 108 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 INSTRUME Nirvana CAMERA HgCdTe 2048x2048 IR Camera OPTIC very high res PIXSCALE 0 005110 arcsec px These keywords are constants hardcoded in the software EGAIN 2 010000 ct electrons DN ENOISE 14 000000 ct electrons read Electronic gain and noise are hardcoded constants This noise generally refers to the lir read mode For PANIC s rrr mpia mode however a separate set of these 2 parameters for each of the 4 chips has been measured so these 8 parameters are
139. e reset read at which time the individual pixels are reset and read The first 32 pixels are read at time 0 the last pixels are read at time 2048 32 131 072 which is scales to 1 4 seconds half of 1 for the standard PSKIP LSKIP etc parameters pe mowes For Hawaii 2 RG detectors not relevant to LN there are not 32 ramps in quadrants but 32 ramps with tops and valleys stretching over each chip Otherwise the time scales are the same as above because the number of channels per chip the number of pixels per chip the pixel read base times and ADC conversion times are the same as for the Hawaii 2 types For all relevant readout modes the times of the pixel reset and the times of their readout are coor dinated such that both have the same type of offset on absolute time scales 1 In consequence e the differences the exposure time between reset and readout are constant across all pixels and all detector chips with the exception of the reset windows in the srre mode e the mean center time of the photon flux has the same predictable offset as a function of 124 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 140000 120000 100000 time0000 60000 I 2048 40000 1536 make 1024 0 512 512 1024 x px 1536 20480
140. ead to blocking channel behaviour hangup of the entire GEIRS processing if GEIRS has been called from the start_ geirs Java GUI e r aw computes medians on a frame by frame basis for all frames in the range of the images n1 to n2 If the option is missing images are calculated according to the type of correlation implied by the readout type that is currently active then the medians are defined for these correlated images If the option is given the medians are computed for each of the frames that contribute to the images so the offsets of the reset frames for example are well visible in the statistics Example median of 2 images in the buffer median 1 2004 median 2 2003 ave medians 2003 50 Example median raw of 2 double corr images in the buffer median 1 1004 2007 median 2 1003 2001 ave medians 1003 50 2004 00 With the stdout or stderr only the resulting 2003 50 or 1003 50 2004 00 is delivered to the data streams Note that a richer set of information median minimum maximum standard deviation is also obtained from FITS files on disk by calling fimgstat of the HEASoft package LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Inst allation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 69 Chapter 40 next 22 40 next type USER syntax next t or n filename Sets filename as the default filename for the subsequent FITS files This filename is used if the subsequent save commands are issu
141. eated with the corresponding write executable permissions or to use mkdir of the Linux shell in conjunction with a set savepath of the GEIRS shell or to obtain modifying privileges of the intended data directory and execute chmod g wx on this if owned by another user Keep in mind that GEIRS does not overwrite existing FITS files with the exception of those created via the sfdump command or if explicitly permitted via the clobber command or with the c of the save command This is important if operators set explicit file names with each save command instead of relying on the automated file selection Problem the ctype srre responds with an error of the format ERROR Too large tblindex 256 of max 256 in dettable 2 Solution reduce the number of reset windows defined in the configuration file The current limit is near 80 windows on each individual detector chip Problem geirs_cleanup responds with a message of the from If cleanup is not a typo Solution expand the PATH variable as described in Section 2 6 2 Problem After the read process finished the save button in the controls GUI in Figure 6 stays yellow Solution This happens for example if automated save processes fail due to a disk full state This is in particular a thread on the CARMENES computer with only 180 GB of disk where single frames saving with the sfdump interface is on by default This is equivalent to less than 4 hours observing time at a maximum speed of 1 f
142. eceived by the same command manager and effect only one single set of state variables Both channels may be used at the same time Four additional log monitors may be opened with the Modules menu illustrated in Figures 11 14 These are passive displays they filter lines from the CAMHOME log 1og files the logging parameters and amount of information that is stored in these files does not depend on whether the associated GUI is open or not The logging information does depend on the LOG_LEVEL definition in the GNUmakefile while compiling and further on the adjustments by any log commands send to the GEIRS shell The monitor of the debugging logs Figure 11 shows e a time stamp local time zone of the operating system 44 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 A X amp Nirvanamathar InstrumentShell vos GENERIC Infrared Camera Software rjm r674 675M g64 of MPIA Heidelberg Germany Nirvanamathar gt Use lt TAB gt lt TAB gt for completion and short detailed helps and the cursor keys for re jediting last commands Quit the more listings by using q ctrl c breaks the shell cmdServer at port 8501 started Nirvanamathar gt status roe roe crep mode restart eoe sync roe eop D roe gap 0 Citimegap 0 roe pread 10000 ns roe pskip 150 ns roe Iskip 150 ns roe preamp gain low offs low roe chipgain low roe ffprot 0 roe oflwprot 0 roe ems D
143. ed PDRIVE is a parameter gt 1 which provides the MoCon drive number of that wheel e TOUT is a parameter which specifies a time out in units of seconds SPECIALDRIVE is a flag to indicate that the home position is mapped on bits 12 and 13 of the MoCon s 197 command For PANIC this is exactly to be used for the cold stop mask wheel CHKFOCUS indicates that the element s optical thickness taken from the elements file is taken into account while computing the telescope focus offset e GEARRATIO is the ratio of the number of turns of the motor axis to the number of turns of the wheel axis For PANIC two different values appear the parameter for the cold stop wheel is larger by a factor of 88 Some parameters that are used to initialize the MoCon firmware 18 are configurable e BS_VELOCITY is the basic setting of the motor s velocity e BS_ACCELERATION is the basic setting of the motor s acceleration and decelaration e BS STEPS is the basic setting of the number of steps of the motor for a full turn of the motor axis The product of GEARRATIO and BS_STEPS is the number of motor steps for a full turn of the filter wheel axis e MS_HOME_VELOCITY is the motor velocity while searching for the home position e MS_DOCKING_VELOCITY is the motor velocity while zooming backwards to the home position e MS DOCKING DISTANCE is the distance of traveling further than the home switch after hitting it first and before inverti
144. ed on the remote site To enable it use sbin yast2 the submenue Security and Hardening then the submenue Enable extra services in runlevel 5 and switch the entry for the sshd to Yes If the GEIRS workstation is hidden in a remote local network the usual mechanism with port matching and X11 forwarding may be used The example is irws2 gt ssh X yoursshname0ssh lbto org and then in that new shell on the intermediate machine ssh gt ssh X geirsusername Luci luci lbto org to log into a remote machine on the LBT network We showed the prompts to illustrate on which computer s shell these commands are entered Note that incomplete names like luci luci do no longer work since changes in the DNS in the network in 2014 If one needs to work on the remote machine with sudo 8 mechanisms permissions to use the X11 interface need also to be added before trying to open GEIRS or other windows xauth 1 xauth list sudo u effnewuser bin bash i touch Xauthority usually only needed for new users here echo DISPLAY Below add the full line after the add that was the output of the 354 his is the MPIA case nslookup time will reveal the IP address of the local time server 140 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 previous xauth command The correct line is the one which almost matches the current setting of DISPLAY If DISPLAY is for example localhost 13 take the lin
145. ed to steer other optical elements of the telescope looking at jitters and shifts drifts in these images The aim is that one does not need to terminate the readout cycle with abort or wait for the end of the integration time to get hands on the images One can then analyze the FITS frames with an online tool similar to looking at the individual frames by selecting Frm with the Img button of the real time display Figure 15 The principle of operation is that these image data are stored with the frame arrival frequency to individual files without effecting otherwise the mixes of resets readout patterns and windows This almost always implies that the treatement of the data within the guide mode is bestowed with its local definition of data sections windows so the GEIRS data interface may cut out only those data essential to monitoring the data quality such that LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 115 1 the computational load due to the additional disk transfer including the load by the reading application is kept low 2 the risk of stalling the main data processing task enforced by additional locking mechanisms with these buffers remains small The data interface works by drawing local copies of the standard shared memory data buffers parallel to the read process if it is too slow the standard procedure may fall behind its schedules working through the read and the save pairs of b
146. ed without their optional file name argument Automated numbering scheme of FITS files A file name with an alphabetic letter at the end basename will be extended by a pattern with 4 digits Basically a single next creates a name space for up to 9999 FITS files During each save GEIRS scans the current output save directory for files which match the pattern of the filename followed by four digits and the extensions fits _win fits dump and increases the largest 4 digit number found by 1 to create the default file name of the FITS file next hugo_ read save read save no filename creates hugo_0002 fits because hugo_0001 fits present read save bastian3 fits creates read save file bastian3 fits no filename creates hugo_0003 fits because hugo_0002 fits present The naming scheme is preserved during quit shutdown and restart operations because GEIRS stores the active filename in CAMTEMP tmp CAMFILENAME during quit and reads it from there at startup Option t with or without a file name tells GEIRS that the next save command should not use the default file name but a temporary test file name After the next save command the default file name is automatically reactivated also if there was an error or problem with the save command Multiple sets of options in a single save command are treated as a single save command This may lead to cases where the save cannot succeed if that implies usi
147. en if existing independent of what has been specified with the clobber command e TSTMP string The name of a file in the FDIR which is touched after each dump Thi another passive form of signalling to monitoring processes which may poll that file s state If missing no such time stamp files are created The file shows the most recently created FITS or binary file a time stamp and the number of subwindows extensions in that file e SUBSAMP integer Subsampling of the frames such that not all frames collected by the computer are dumped but only a regular subset The number of frames skipped in between not dumped is one less than the integer If not specified a number of 1 effectively no sub sampling is used e MAXSAMP integer The maximum number of files to be created for the exposure This is another way of defining the subsampling factor through a more dynamic in terface than with the SUBSAMP keyword If the number of frames predicted by the integer parameter of ctype is larger than the product of MAXSAMP by SUBSAMP 72 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Chapter 61 sky 34 SUBSAMP will implicitly be increased such at most MAXSAMP files will be created by the single frame dumps Tf not specified a number of 99999 effectively no limit is used e CALLB string The name of an executable to be called after the file is created If missing or empty no action is ind
148. end or just shut down via sbin yast2 allowing the TCP packages from the remote computer with port 4713 system gt Security and Users Firewall LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 139 A 4 Network Time Under openSUSE configuration of the NTP is to be done in etc ntp conf or easier with the net work configuration within yast The daemon appears as usr sbin ntpd with ps ef fgrep ntp A running daemon does not guarantee that the clock on the system is updated for ex ample if hosted behind a firewall so it is advised to monitor var log ntp or the equivalent logfile set in etc ntp conf for the irregular corrections and to check that for example ntpdate pool ntp org or whatever server is mentioned in etc ntp conf is responding Under CentOS 7 we edit etc chrony conf for example adding server time mpia hd mpg de iburst at the MPIA then systemctl enable chronyd service systemctl start chronyd service A 5 X11 A 5 1 Forwarding Under newer versions of openSUSE X11 forwarding with ssh X may fail because the DISPLAY variable is not forwarded although the forwarding is enabled in etc ssh sshd_config The solution of the problem is to enable IPv6 in the network configuration of the remote workstation or to set the AddressFamily explicitly to inet thus replacing the default which is any Remote login from another place to a workstation may fail if the ssh daemon is not enabl
149. ent timing define might be missing in the ROE command table ro time 0 0 ctime 5344366 5 gapitime 0 0 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6206 ZD mathar r inter c camintf c 2357 assign_replace WARNING variable SLastUsedCrep 2 was defined as 0 at initial previous ti a 29 of 494 varcount Figure 12 The monitor opened with the Module gt gt ErrorLog Mon menu of Figure 6 Another logfile is opened at UTC midnight so one needs to close and reopen this GUI after midnight The monitor of the ROE logs Figure 13 tracks log roe log and shows a time stamp the user name on the host machine the camera name and two kinds of lines 1 Entry and exit from one of the functions that accumulate compute the duration of patterns and loops over patterns 2 Patterns submitted to the ROE The tout shows the timeout in seconds for waiting for an answer The monitor of the command logs Figure 14 tracks log cmd log The inter flags that the line was generated by a shell script assembled by the command shell with sh c and the following i c or s means the caller was the interactive gui a command or the shell respectively 4 3 3 Real time Display The display tool Figure 15 works similar to ds9 or fv tools with some display options and sim ilar statistics The GEIRS display however is completely unaware of world coordinate systems standards The main difference against saving the image as a FITS file and then calling these
150. entially oriented each line in the macro file contains a command of the set of Section 5 3 for every action normally assembled by using the camera GUI or typing commandos into the GEIRS shell Empty lines in the macro file are ignored skipped The part of lines starting at a hash up to the end of the line is chopped and serves to add comments to the macro files The maximum line length in the macro files is 256 bytes The syntax does not provide conditional and loop capabilities beyond the repeat command of the GEIRS shell itself In that respect it does not extend the command interface Macros can be nested 5 levels deep so the macro command may appear in a macro file The most economic way to loop through a set of fixed commands a fixed number of times is to write this set into a macro file then to call this macro from another higher level macro as many times as wished In any way these techniques are based on working with copy n paste on the ASCII files of the macros Every macro command may be issued with the prefix from MIDAS Macro files are started from the camera control window lower part see Figure 6 or with the macro command to the instrument shell As a matter of orderly book keeping it is recommended to use the file suffix mac for all macro files GEIRS searches first for the macro file with the exact name provided by the user and then searches in addition as a fallback for that exact name augmented by mac So o
151. ered images Next FITS file name Name of the OBJECTS in FITS header Set FITS OBSERVER keyword Move an optics wheel Pause command Direct command to ROE Start input data stream ROE base time value Write to shared memory data base Current directory for FITS images Shutdown server or terminate macro Starting reading data from ROE interface Execute command repeatedly Set parameter of ROE mode Readout type of ROE Set reset time Shift and add image stack Pixel saturation check on or off Save data to FITS files Set search directories save macro catalogue Dump each frame s subwindows to FITS file SKYFRAME FITS header keyword Suspend shell macro execution Sound GUI Enable disable sounds Report status information Define hard and software windows Wait for termination Execute generic OS command Write log text Telescope motion commands Telescope GUI CAHA LakeShoe temperature controller Temperature history Temperature X11 plot Pixel statistics mean variances on frames Specify range of frame indices for save Current user rank Verbosity of macro Toj tem amp x Figure 29 Example of the window opening if info camera is called from the Linux shell 78 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 5 4 Macros 5 4 1 Aim and Configuration Macro files are prepared to carry out specific normally reoccurring tasks in the spirit of batch pro cessing The macro utility is sequ
152. etation by some listening program and do not LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 79 make much sense in macros are also reported Numerical parameter ranges are only checked by order of magnitude or even not at all Checking all macros in a subdirectory is done with a loop in some bash shell similar to cd CAMHOME MACROS for f in mac do echo CAMBIN geirs_MChk f done The main benefit of using the checker is that typographic errors may be detected early just after editing the macro file The GEIRS macro interpreter reads one macro line at a time and executes it If the total real time of executing the macro is long errors in its late parts may lead to much delayed abortion of the macro A syntax checker adds some safety and time savings in that type of scenario 5 4 3 Total Integration Time The total integration time in a macro is a sum over all products of the crep arguments and the itime arguments that are active at the read It can be calculated by calling geirs_MItime pl q macrofilename mac Using the q option gives a more quiet output where the partial sums are not printed The macrofilename mac is either a full path name or the name in the current working directory If that file is not found and the CAMHOME environment variable is set the program tries to locate the file also in the directory SCAMHOME MACROS This scanner looks for lines of the format itime second
153. etitions of the readout cycle and the place of the FITS files 5 7 1 read sync save If GEIRS has just been started up some default values for the readout mode integration time output directory and FITS file name have already been set up Here is the probably shortest command sequence to generate a single FITS file which reads out the detector once if no crep as used earlier waits until the frame data have arrived on the workstation and saves the data i e creates the FITS file 98 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 read sync save 5 7 2 itime ctype The basic properties of the exposures are the integration time set with the itime and the readout mode cycle type set with the ctype command prior to one or more reads The parameters do generally only need to be re send if they should change GEIRS remembers the current parameter set and applies it until parameters are modified An exposure with a single frame read of 5 seconds which is not saved followed by an exposure of 5 seconds in the line interlaced read mode which is saved in a FITS file and then an exposure of 10 seconds in the sample up the ramp mode with the default of 2 reads which is saved in a FITS file are induced by ctype sfr itime 5 read sync ctype lir read sync save sync itime 10 ctype srr read sync save sync 5 7 3 crep set savepath next The cycle repetition crep parameter triggers
154. eturns FITS file name to be generated next status ctype returns the cycle readout type like lir srre etc status crep returns the currently active repetition factor status itime returns current integration time seconds The status returned by some commands if sent without option may differ from the response of status lt command gt and may depend on the current context The subwin command alone returns the current command status for example The status information depends on the SW mode SINGLE MAIN INTERFACE The status command offers standardized information which is thought to be scanned by higher level drivers 66 subwin type USER syntax subwin clear SW HW syntax subwin SW auto HW wid xlstart ylstart xsize ysize syntax subwin on off SW auto HW wid syntax subwin EW ISW DET Clears enables disables and sets the software SW and or hardware HW subwindows and translates them to pattern windows The union of the harware windows are the data send from the ROE to the GEIRS work station via the fibers Hardware means that the patterns run on the firmware of the ROE determine which pixels or lines of pixels are either skipped or converted while reading the detector one of the major side effects of skipping regions is that the shortest integration time becomes shorter Pattern windows are the sub regions of the hardware windows repeated in each of the 32 readout channels on each detector The GEIRS softwa
155. f a pseudocolor visual is found but results in less than default 2 colors of a non private default colormap than attempt to get a pseudolor visual with a private colormap e with options e p try private pseudocolor then try private pseudocolor overlay layer then try trueflag e t try truecolor then try pseudo color then try pseudocolor overlay layer e o try private pseudocolor overlay layer 18 engstatus type ENG syntax engstatus Requests and returns the engineering status from the camera There is no useful information returned if the ROE is in simulation mode Otherwise this shows the a version stamp of the firmware FPGA program version INFO Seen ROE3 rocon DETFPGA version 3 1 7 5 DEBUG ROE Electronic version 33 750 0 2 3 1 7 5 33 750 0 1 33 750 0 2 INFO ROE Electronic version 33 750 0 2 3 1 7 5 33 750 0 1 33 750 0 2 INFO ROE Electronic version 33 750 0 2317 5 33 750 0 2 33750023175 66 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Chapter 21 filter 10 19 engwindow type ENG syntax engwin Opens a separate window that shows some parameters concerning the current pointing and read out The information is already shown in the control pannel which is more up to date with the recent development 20 exit type ENG syntax exit macro Synonymous to the quit command See Chapter 50 quit page 26 Shuts down GEIRS its
156. f the GEIRS installation in the observers file system is a directory named GEIRS with subdirectories CATS INFO MACROS OBJECTS log and scripts and a selection of GEIRS versions which have file names that start with cst rjm hwp1x or trunk and end with a SVN revision number For PANIC at CAHA this is 192 168 70 1 3At MPIA the IP address is found with dig short irws2 ir lokal kelu dig short elablx05 ir lokal kelu The subnet mask has width 24 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 17 gt CATS gt INFO gt MACROS gt OBJECTS gt cst_r707 gt hwplx_r616 gt log gt rjm_r718 gt rjm_r723M gt scripts gt trunk_r694 Each of the GEIRS versions contains a bundle of C C perl Java source files and binaries and directories for the documentation and so on after the step of Section 2 2 is finished GEIRS rjm_r723M gt admin gt bin gt caha gt de gt devel gt doc gt share gt test gt CXX gt x x h gt pl gt Makefile am gt configure ac Some of the files in such a version are linked back to the scripts directory either when the version is compiled or when GEIRS is started This concept keeps the mandatory executables at a single place the scripts directory for the benefit of a simple PATH variable but also keeps them synchronized with the operators decision to launch a particular version 2 6
157. faint the fundamental means to adjust to the basially fixed detector gain is prolongation of the integration time If on the contrary the illumination on the detector is too strong there is only a limited set of tools to avoid detector saturation and the associated memory persistence effects because the minimum integration time is rigidly limited by the fixed number of channels that are read in parallel and by the maximum 1 MHz speed of ADC conversions From the point of view of the GEIRS control model these are the prospective tuning parameters LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 125 1 Roughly a factor of 2 in speed is available by clocking faster which means decreasing the default pixel read time typically 10 000 ns by roughly a factor of 2 see the prd button in Figure 6 and the ptime command in section 5 3 This implies that electronic multi sampling is not used see the roe command 2 Skipping pixel lines in the slow direction by hardware windowing Section 8 6 offers speedup factors of the order of 10 or 30 depending on how much coverage of the detector is needed 3 Roughly a factor of 2 is gained if not the Lir mode with two reads per scan but only a mode with one read per scan is used for example the srr with only two reads in total If relative photometry across the detector is not important but only identification of positions on the detector one might consider the sfr mode
158. ffering an image may be saved while the next one is already been taken LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 59 4 4 3 Image inspection with the real time display The features of the real time display are described in detail in Section 4 3 3 Please note that you do not manipulate the raw data on disk with these operations 4 5 Saving data The data are stored on one of the disks of the instrument computer under the path you have specified under SavePath in the Options Menu of the camera control window Fig 6 The initial default is HOME DATA set at start up time in Section 4 1 The files are stored as FITS files and are not write protected 4 6 Object catalogues Section 4 6 has only some marginal importance for PANIC not for any other instrument An observer s private object list in the following format is supported for use in Figure 25 Object name Alpha Delta Equinox pm A pm D mag Comment Empty lines and portions of lines starting with the semicolon comments are skipped by the parser Example HD 225023 0 00 11 8 35 32 14 01195010 0000 0 004 6 96 J 7 97 G158 27 0 04 12 01 7 47 54 0 1950 0 056 1 85 7 43 J 9 31 HD 1160 0 13 23 1 3 58 24 0 195010 006 0 013 7 04 J 7 06 HD 3029 0 31 02 3 20 09 30 0 1950 0 000110 011 7 09 J 7 25 Gl 105 5 2 38 07 6 0 58 57 0 1950 x x x x HD 18881 3 00 20 5 38 12 53 0 195010 0001 0 030 17 14 J 7 12 The
159. files that store parameters like save paths IP addresses telescopes and so on that are saved at shutdown time to re appear in the next startup GUI p Allows to specify the path name of the temporary files The default is the caller s CAMTMP TMPDIR TMP and then tmp directory This option is usually needed if the CAMTMP environment variable defined in the startup script is not defined in the caller s shell but TMPDIR and or TMP are defined and differ from CAMTMP DESCRIPTION The script shuts down a GEIRS run by sending signals to the four components the two GUI s the command manager and the shared memory manager and removing the shared memory blocks and shared memory socket It is used within the GENERIC script to test whether GEIRS is already running for this or another user The script is an emergency script to be used in case a previous GEIRS run was shut down inappropriately for example caused by power outages or another user is running GEIRS under the same account and left the GUI s in some unreachable state ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES The variable CAMTMP with a default backup of HOME tmp is used to locate the shared memory socket to be removed EXAMPLES geirs_cleanup v t Version trunk r748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2015 geirs_Cmd 1 GEIRS geirs_Cmd 1 NAME geirs_Cmd send a GEIRS command to a GEIRS command server SYNOPSIS EXAMPLES Version trunk 1743M 0 Fri Sep 11 2015 84 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 G
160. fter you typed in your password and seems to hang Here xxx yyy www zzz is the IP address of the remote computer using a symbolic name like luci luci may no longer work Then start the NX client with nxplayer under Linux nxplayer exe under Windows in another window If the command nxplayer is not found under Linux use the full path name of the installation to start usr NX bin nxplayer or add usr NX bin to the PATH If usr NX is absent install the software by downloading the RPM package from the company and install it first as root with yum install nomachine_4 6 4_13 rpm under CentOS zypper install nomachine_4 6 4_13 rpm under openSUSE In the NX configuration use e ssh as the protocol e use the same port as with the tunnel 2022 in the example e use the localhost as the machine to connect to e use the login account for example readout1 and password on the remote machine Just after installation the NX support is running under an openSUSE system ps elf fgrep nx because etc systemd system multi user target wants contains a nxserver service en try To disable this automated start each time the computer boots use sbin yast2 the System submenue with the Service Manager and disable the nxserver In this case one needs to acti vate the service explicitly as root either from the same menue or by calling etc NX nxserver startup A 5 4 x2go If the operating system is openSUSE 13 2 x2go is installed
161. ge this is disabled by default The keywords CHECKSUM and DATASUM appear if the associated save option is used To simplify looking at the images with ds9 GEIRS places a WCS coordinate system on the two CARMENES FITS extensions This has its origin at the middle of the detector plane in the gap between the two chips and measures millimeters along the right X and up Y direction in the optical plane i e ignoring the rotations and flips of the image 6 5 Image Location For Hawaii 2 RG chips PANIC CARMENES Lucil Luci2 GEIRS includes the four reference pixels along each of the four edges into the FITS images if they are inside any of the subwindows LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 113 Postprocessing programs ought be aware of the fact that these pieces of the images do not contain regular data and that the usable region is only a maximum of 2040 x 2040 pixels per chip Using or not using the save options 1 requesting FITS cubes and or M requesting the multiple extension FITS format leads to four different layouts of the FITS files e Without the two options each window of each image is stored in the first primary HDU of a single file This leads to the largest number of files and the smallest individual sizes of the files In the extended syntax of the form filename extname where the piece in brackets is the name of the extension as shown in the EXTNAME keyword of
162. gh Resolution Search for M Dwarfs with Exoearths with Near infrared and Optical Echelle Spectrographs carmenes caha es The various ways are to click the shutdown button in the controls GUI to type in quit in the GEIRS shell or to use quit as the argument to the geirsCmd or to the cmd_ Linux executables LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 3 ccw counter clock wise CPU Central Processing Unit cw clock wise DAC digit to analog converter DEC declination coordinate of the ICRF DMA Direct Memory Access DNS Domain Name Service EPICS www aps anl gov epics FIFO first in first out http en wikipedia org wiki FIFO FITS Flexible Image Transport System http fits gsfc nasa gov FPGA Field programmable gate array FWHM Full width at Half Maximum GEIRS Generic Infrared Software GNU www gnu org GUI Graphical User Interface HDU header data unit of FITS HTML Hypertext Markup Language http en wikipedia org wiki HTML HF Instrument Interface http wiki 1lbto org twiki bin view SoftwareProducts TCSsoftware IP Internet Protocol ISO International Organization for Standardization http en wikipedia org wiki ISO LBT Large Binocular Telescope http www lbto org LED Light Emitting Diode LINC NIRVANA LBT Interferometric Camera and Near Infrared Visible Adaptive Interferometer for Astronomy LN liquid nitrogen LN LINC NIRVANA LUCI LBT NIR spectroscopic Utility with Camera and
163. gs detsec self Construct a FITS type string representation in brackets gt gt gt import geirs gt gt gt w geirs Subwin 1 3 4 5 gt gt gt w detsec intersection self args Compute the window which is the intersection common area of this window and another gt gt gt import geirs gt gt gt w geirs Subwin 1 3 4 5 gt gt gt w area eirs Subwin 3 5 6 7 rotflip self args rotflipInv self args rotflipPix self args Static metho fullMosaWin Subwin_fullMosaWin inHaw2rgRef Subwin_inHaw2rgRef Data descriptors defined he __dict__ dictionary for instance variables if defined __weakref__ list of weak references to the object if defined xl 1 02 cooing thf KveNoft fax 9 pe NEAN D C S 00 1 A GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 xsize The number of pixels horizontally yl The x coordinate of the lower left edge of the window ysize The number of pixels vertically attributes defined here Data and oth __swig_destroy__ lt built in function delete_Subwin gt __swig_getmethods__ fullMosaWin lt function lt lambda gt gt inHaw2rgRe __swig_setmethods__ x1 lt built in function Subwin_x1_set gt xsize h2rgsize 2048 FUNCTIONS GeirsSrv_swigregister Subwin_fullMosaWin Subwin_inHaw2rgRef Subwin_swigregister LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Insta
164. he 16 MB per frame by at least a factor or two GEIRS may drop single frame dumps if it cannot keep up with the frame rate e Avoid crep parameters larger than one in conjunction with the ctype lir This will generate the raw frames but the first stage pipeline and further processing will discard any images put the last one e Because the FITS name convention for CARMENES uses time stamps rounded to full seconds GEIRS starts to drop frames if the frame frequency becomes larger than one frame per second This happens for example if subwindowing is used or the pixel read time is reduced To store all frames anyway use an explicit save with the single frame option although these will not be recognized by the first stage pipeline Problem Macros with crep 30 and ctype srr 45 miss frames with CARMENES GEIRS stores only 33 instead of 45 frames Solution The RAM requirement for the frames would be 30 x 45 x 16 MB which is larger than then 16 GB of half of the total RAM on the NIR computer see Section 2 6 4 and the CAMSHMSZ parameter in Section 3 2 Make sure that the arithmetic product of the repetition value by the number of frames along the ramp is less than 1000 if needed split exposures into multiple reads to stay below that limit for each single read Operating System Problem After start gui time GEIRS complains that DISPLAY is not set Solution For all steps of establishing tunnels and using ssh to login to the GEIRS w
165. he driver each time the computer is re booted e Under openSUSE 13 1 and older copy GEIRS branch admin plxload to etc init d and enable it with cd etc init d chmod x plxload8311 chmod x plxload9656 sbin insserv plxload8311 sbin insserv plxload9656 e Under CentOS 7 and openSUSE 13 2 and newer plxload is copied in the old fashioned way to etc rc d init d then chkconfig level 345 plxload8311 on e Under CentOS 6 3 insserv is not yet available so plxload is copied in the old fashioned way to etc rc d init d and links named S99plxload and K99plxload back to this file are added in etc rc d rc5 d LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 9 These steps are not needed and actually fail if no PLX device read no OPTPCI board is found on the local bus system Caveat if this is automatism is not added each invocation of GEIRS or any of the tests involving the OPTPCI board i e everything beyond running GEIRS with ROE in simulation needs to call either the wrapper script plxstartup or sbin service plxload8311 restart at least once which needs root privileges 4 A simple check of successful loading of the driver is that lsmod fgrep Plx contains the P1x8311 entry and that sbin service status all contains a line which mentions PLX driver loaded If you have root permissions cat proc vmallocinfo fgrep Plx should show three lines for each OPTPC
166. he last GEIRS shell command 26 3 previous search syntax labe Repeats the last GEIRS shell command that starts with abc 27 idlemode type USER syntax idlemode action threshold syntax idlemode type typeName Selects the detector s idlemode The usual default is wait with 5secs but that depends on the instrument camera Without parameters it returns the current idle mode which shows how the read wout terminate the idle mode and what pattern the ROE runs on the detector while the idle mode is active This command is rejected while the camera is busy i e while readout or wheel motions are in progress unless it is only a query of the current parameters Hence a previous call to sync may be needed in non interactive modes for example in macros Parameter action e break interrupts clocking of the idle mode to start the next read immediately wait completes full idle cycles and transits seamlessly from idle clocking to clocking of the readout pattern e auto uses an integration time threshold to switch between the break and wait mode If the action is set to auto and a number of a threshold follows the threshold should be a floating point value representing an integration time If the integration time is shorter than the threshold the idle mode wait is used otherwise the idle mode break If the parameter action is set to default the default idle mode of the instrument is set LUCI2
167. he second phase approaches the target position from the side indicated by the sign of the backlash The backlash is not applied while moving to the home position Setting the backlash to zero steps means that the target position is reached in one phase In summary using a nonzero value ensures that the filter position is always reached from the same side at the expense of slightly longer durations on the average 27 The current software reads the positions starting at line 6 of the fixed block 118 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 5 The fifth line is the number of named positions to follow Two times that number actually defines the distance to the end of the fixed block because each position requires two further lines in the fixed block 6 The sixth line up to the end of the fixed block contain pairs of lines The first line in a pair is the name of the element The second line in a pair is i an index counting upwards from 1 of the element followed by white space and 1i an integer number that indicates the position of that element in units of MoCon steps relative to the home position Parameter block Each line of the parameter block is either just a keyword flag or a parameter name followed immediatly by an equal sign and a number The order of parameters and flags in the parameter block does not matter e DISABLE sets a flag which indicates that the motor should not be mov
168. he source code a debugging level e and some more or less cryptic trace of what has been executed at that time The arrows gt and lt show what was sent to and what was responded by the ROE a failed due to the failure of SVN to report a version of the software if the SVN repositories The monitor of the error logs Figure 12 shows the messages tagged with log levels FATAL ERROR and WARNING in the debug 1og file LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 45 A G Nirvanamathar GEIPS LogfileListing 2013 02 04 17h16n51 1261 ZD mathar Cr inter c inter c 149 main TDEBUG inter can say 2013 02 04 17h16m51 1262 ZD mathar r inter c inter c 164 main TDEBUG kill dis 2013 02 04 17h16m51 3358 ZD mathar r disp c disp c 4133 exit_display TDEBUG Tay ends 2013 02 04 17h16m51 3364 ZD mathar r disp c disp c 4144 exit_display TRACE 2013 02 04 17h16m51 3364 ZD mathar r disp c disp c 4165 exit_display TRACE 2013 02 04 17h16m54 1427 ZD mathar r inter c inter c 315 main DEBUG answer OK 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8741 ZD mathar Cr control lt nutil c 5764 sysdirect TDEBUG hone mathar work GEIRS binria disp amp 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8782 ZD mathar r disp c disp c 649 main TDEBUG 1 home mathar work GEIRS binrjm dis 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8784 ZD mathar r disp c disp c 757 main DEBO first iWIDE iHIGH 512 512 2013 02 04 17h16m54 8784 ZD mathar r disp 2013 02 04
169. he string of the date format Y YYYMMDD_hhmmss to pathname e s create pathname as subdirectory of the current savepath CAMPATH If an option is present but no pathname the default pathname will be data The effect of defining the new directory is seen in all subsequent commands that are executed relative to the save path for example cd or pwd The command may fail if someone else created the directory but did not give sufficient rights to the GEIRS processes i e to the account that starts GEIRS to switch to that directory If GEIRS is shut down smoothly with quit as it should the directory is stored in the file CAMTMP CAMPATH such that the next GEIRS session reads it from this file to provide the new default Note that this mechanism of resuming the path name of the previous session Chapter 60 sfdump 32 does not notice if the path name contains some indications of a formatted date So if the path name is luci2 20131110 for example during a session in Nov 10th GEIRS is shut down and restarted a month later the path name still is initially luci2 20131110 in December 59 2 macropath syntax set macropath pathname Echo or set the directory path for macros 59 3 objectpath syntax set objectpath pathname Echo or set the directory path for files with object lists user s star catalogues 60 sfdump type USER syntax sfdump pathname off Specifies a configuration file with instructions to dump a set of wi
170. he two fibers of one instrument into two different OPTPCI boards so the first left of the two digits of DATAINPORT1 and DATAINPORT2 represented by the question mark above needs to be the same CAMSERVERPORT IP port number of the command server If not set otherwise in the shell or via the JAVA GUI the startup script uses 8500 for LUCII and 8501 for LUCI2 Two 26 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 distinct ports allow two GEIRS command servers to be run in parallel independently for the two instruments on the same computer After GEIRS startup one can test with a command in the style of ne vV Z server port from the Unix Linux shell whether GEIRS is actually using that port The GEIRS server can also be asked with get CMDIPPORT what its current port is but this is not much useful because to submit the get to the correct server implies that one already knows the port CAMSTATUSPORT IP port number of the status scanner The startup script sets the standard port to 8501 for PANIC and CARMENES to 9501 for LUCI1 and LN and to 10501 for LUCI2 CAMSTATUSHOST Name of the host with the status scanner CAMSHMSZ Shared memory in MBytes reserved for use by GEIRS see Section 2 6 4 This is roughly aligned with the total available RAM of the host computer via setenv cat roc meminfo re emTota aw rint LA CAMSHMSZ proc meminfo fgrep MemTotal awk printf Z d 2 2048
171. header style with and as delimiters that trigger adding that card to the header Existing keywords with the same name are removed EXAMPLE TEMPLATE FILE delete CHOP_A and CHOP_B CHOP_ AB replace RHUM by a hierarchical version RHUM HIERARCH LN AMBI RHUM rename enumerated wheels to filters WHEEL 1 HIERARCH LN ICS FILT 1 add a OBSERVAT keyword OBSERVAT LBT on the mountain add a comment Nice observation conditions Dry with oc SEE ALSO fthedit 1 fmodhead 1 Version trunk 1748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2015 1 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Inst allation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 83 fitsImg2Asc 1 GEIRS fitslmg2Asc 1 NAME fitsImg2Asc convert primary HDU of a FITS file to ASCII SYNOPSIS fitsImg2Asc fitsIn fits gt fitsout plt fitsImg2Asc r xstrt xend y yend fitsIn fits gt fitsout plt fitsImg2Asc h d 1 EN bins m minvalue M maxvalue a xmin xmax ymin ymax t out txt 0 out eps fitsIn fits fitsIn fits fitsImg2Asc b i a xmin xmax ymin ymax m minvalue M maxvalue X Y fitsIn fits fitsOut fits DESCRIPTION The program fitsImg2Asc converts the image in the primary HDU of a FITS file to an ASCII format The input file is an image in the FITS file of which only the first slice is taken if this is a FITS cube 3D view The standard syntax is fitsImg2Asc fitsIn fits gt fitsout plt or fitsImg2Asc r xstrt xend yst
172. herefore also the number of resets distributed over the integration time at the end of the ramp If the integration time is 120 seconds and the command is ctype srre 7 for example every 20 seconds a frame is read and every 20 seconds the pixels inside the reset windows are reset The difference between the srr and the srre with resets is that after each readout a finite subset of the pixels called reset windows here on the detector is reset Consequences of this extended mode are that e these reset windows never accumulate more light than equivalent to the time between two readouts whereas the other pixels have much longer integration times that linearly rise from frame to frame This points at the principal application of the mode protection against pixel saturation plus the standard advantages of less cross talk and less memory effects between exposures e in the standard linear fit of ADC value as a function of frame number through the samples within GEIRS that combine all the frame samples to a single image when calling save the brightness of pixels inside the rectangles of the reset windows is essentially zero because this is the slope through a time series of pixels that appear in each frame with approximately the same ADC values An equivalent set of rather dark rectangular shapes of the reset windows is also visible if the frames are saved individually with save S or online with the sfdump configuration e The mini
173. hich GEIRS is running if supported by a DNS or a plain tcp z y z w IP specification If GEIRS has been started without opening the GUIs inserting quit for cmd above is the recom mended way of shutting GEIRS down Note that at GEIRS startup a single one and only one command port is activated to which the server listens The snd and geirsCmd methods open and close their client ports for the duration of their isolated commands This ensures to some degree proper sequentialization of commands and answers The variety of other possible socket connections to that port will become very confused if a mix of these access methods is used A standard indicator of that murky situation is that commands do not receive replies because the port is kept open by another client In short do emphnot open the port if it is already used by another client 24 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 3 2 Environment Variables The following shell environment variables may be set in the start_ scripts to configure defaults of the behavior of the software CAMERA The master configuration label which is either Nirvana Panic Carmenes Luci Luci2 Luci1 or SIDECAR Other names are not supported and obsolete CAMHOME The top level directory of GEIRS It contains at least one INFO subdirectory and one log subdirectory CAMBIN The name of the subdirectory of CAMHOME with the compiled code This is the bin su
174. hip an underscore and a another number starting again at 1 as the index of the window in the set of all windows on that chip For detectors with a single chip LUCII LUCI2 LN the first number is always 1 e With 1 and M all images of an exposure are stored in a single file Individual windows are stored as a FITS cube in the first second HDU and so on where the layers in the cube are formed by the consecutive images If there is only one exposure the format is automatically reduced to the standard 2D image format which means the NAXIS keyword becomes 2 This is the best organized display for multi exposures with more than one window but yields the largest files 114 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 fname_0001 win1_1 fits first window on first chip all frames as cubes fname_0001 win1_2 fits second window on first chip all frames as cubes fname_0001 win2_1 fits first window on second chip all frames as cubes In summary without M all images are in the primary HDU with M no images are in the primary HDU Any postprocessing software knows from the DATASEC value which region of the full detector is covered by the window of any particular HDU and retrieves the number of frames or images from the NAXIS and NAXIS3 values Single frame output from GEIRS uses 16 bit data types in the images correlated output uses 32 bit data types There are rumours that there are
175. hod the places and size of the reset windows remain frozen Starting with GEIRS version r748M 3 starting GEIRS overwrites the existing srre reset window set with a small default test case to improve recovery in case of attempts to leave the ROE FPGA in a partially configure state due to too large window sets Any read with the srre mode uses the windows defined through these pattern files at that time 2 The requirement to change these windows depends on i drifts in the optical setup of the instrument that may cause slow wandering of the spectral lines ii on the necessity to subdue different line sets as a function of the different calibration lamps iii modifications of the parameters for rotations and flips at GEIRS startup All that is definitely not in the scope of the software manual 3 The reset frequency is tight to the readout frequency and a consequence of the integration time and number of readouts of the ramp Changing integration times or the number of readouts with the commands send to GEIRS does not require changing these pattern files Example From a driver s point of view the scheme is create contents of srre cfg by any means shell other programs support routines echo WIN1 100 100 200 200 gt CAMTMP srre cfg echo WIN2 700 710 200 200 gt gt CAMTMP srre cfg echo DETROT90 2 gt gt CAMTMP srre cfg echo DETXYFLI 1 gt gt CAMTMP srre cfg and then use either upda
176. iable should be set to 1 for LUCI2 to align the optics with the default N E orientation on the sky CAM_DETXYFLIP If set to 1 this commands a left right reflection of the images along the vertical axis If set to 2 this commands a up down reflection of the images along the hori zontal axis If not set or set to zero there is no flip If set to 3 the two flips are combined and replaced by a rotation of 180 degrees In combination with the previous keyword this supports eight orientations of detector images the basic mean to obtain a rough standard image orientation along N and E in the images LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 27 SERS Figure 2 Illustration of the influence of the CAM_DETROT90 parameter on the image From left to right CAM_DETROT90 0 CAM_DETROT90 1 CAM_DETROT90 2 and CAM_DETROT90 3 each time in conjunction with CAM DETXYFLIP 0 pure rotations DRIE Figure 3 Left CAM_DETROT90 0 and CAM_DETXYFLIP 1 no rotation followed by right left flip or CAM_DETROT90 2 and CAM_DETXYFLIP 2 180 rotation followed by up down flip Second from Left CAM_DETROT90 0 and CAM_DETXYFLIP 2 no rotation followed by up down flip or CAM_ DETROT90 2 and CAM DETXYFLIP 1 180 rotation followed by right left flip Second from Right CAM_DETROT90 1 and CAM_DETXYFLIP 1 90 followed by right left flip or CAM_DETROT90 3 and CAM_DETXYFLIP 2 270 followed by up down flip Right CAM_DETROT
177. iate files are created There are again two directions The most common task is to copy the FITS files from a remote disk to your local disk as follows First set up a tunnel through the intermediate computer calling irws2 gt ssh X N L 2022 xxx yyy www zzz 22 yoursshname0ssh lbto org on your local computer This command will respond nothing so the output seems to hang after the password was typed in The xxx yyy www zzz should be the IP address of the remote computer for example 192 168 60 12 for luci luci Then transfer the files with irws2 gt scp p r P 2022 geirsname localhost dir full path on luci full path on irws2 using the same number after the P as the first port number in the previous tunneling setup It is useful to move first into the target directory on the local computer so the dot can be used as the destination address To use wild cards in the remote file names surround the URI with simple quotation marks irws2 gt cd full path on irws2 irws2 gt scp p r P 2022 geirsname localhost dir full path on luci fits LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 141 A 5 3 NX client To connect via tunneling through the LBTO port machine to a remote computer on the LBT network with newer versions of NX first set up a tunnel through ssh 1bto org irws2 gt ssh X N L 2022 xxx yyy www zzz 22 yoursshname0ssh lbto org in one terminal This will not show anything a
178. ied by N and the BSCALE keyword in the associated header is set to 1 N to compensate for that This sort of adminstration improves the resolution of the integer data representation 92 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 N raw frames in RAM p itime im La N raw FITS frames sfdump time Figure 34 Upper plot N raw frames at intervals I N 1 in the computer s RAM Lower plot Nr FITS files generated from raw frames sub sampled with sfdump here with a sub sampling factor of s 3 in eq 7 brighter than the second frame although it represents a state of essentially zero integration time there is some sort of memory persisting through the line resets Since the primary application of the srr e modes comes with long integration times and values of N typically of the order of tens ignoring one bad out of the these frames is basically no loss integration efficiency The raw 16 bit sequential frames are storing the pixels data as they are no further interpretation or nulling This gives a pipeline smart enough to deal with the noise and the shifting effective integration time as discussed in Section 8 7 opportunity to extract line shape information even at these places within the reset windows
179. ild supro cesses they are not exported up to the calling operator s shell there is no mechanism in Unices for such modification in the other direction The generic strategy in the GENERIC script is to honor not to change variables which are already set when the script is called This allows users with lesser knowlege of shell scripting to configure set the variables at other places for example immediately before calling the script or in the standard files like bashrc or bash_ login Another use of this feature is that one can call GEIRS versions that are older than the most recent three ones or one can invoke pattern versions that are older than the most recent one Here is an example in the case of LN started from a bash 1 shell export CAMOLD bintrunk_r657 export CAMROE_REV Nirvana_r97 start_nirva_old A further aspect is that one can run GEIRS sessions in parallel on the same computer by different Unix Linux accounts without interference f the communication channels from the observer tool to the GEIRS server and from the GEIRS server to the ROE are kept separate and if the computer is equipped with at least as many OPTPCI boards as active non simulated ROE s export CAMSERVERPORT 10501 export CAMPORT tcp 192 168 0 14 4000 export DATAINPORT1 dev p1x00 start_luci2_new export CAMSERVERPORT 9501 export CAMPORT tcp 192 168 0 24 4000 At MPIA the address is found with nslookup elotest 30 LUCI2 MPIA MAN
180. in this software manual The mean value of the time is the value expected for the break idle mode plus half of the cycle time One can mitigate this effect by adding a sort of dummy sfr exposure with minimum short integration time at the end of all long exposures which will be adjusted upwards by GEIRS to the shortest manageable value The next exposure will then find the detector in a short cycle mode and react with predictable latency The associated waste of disk space and overhead time can be kept low by saving these with the d option The formulas below contain small fudge factors that have been obtained by fitting a small number of exposures They realize some overhead caused by the data transfer chain from the ROE via DMA control to the GEIRS buffers on the server 8 2 Lir with idle break If the readout mode is line interlaced read with idle mode break the time is t sec 0 3 x Ny teyc sec x Ny 8 where the number of frames Ny has been set by the application with the crep command and where tcye is the cycle time 122 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 8 3 frr with idle break If the readout mode is fast reset read read with idle mode break the time is t sec Ny x teyc sec 0 03 x Ne 9 8 4 mer with idle break If the readout mode is multiple endpoints with idle mode break the time is tlsec Ny x tcyc sec 0 003 x tey sec 0 005 x Ny 10 There is no explici
181. interval must be chosen different for half of the chips from a corner of the mosaic into the direction of the midpoint of an edge of the mosaic The total number of pixels in that set of intervals relative to 2048 is the relative speedup and reduction in integration time that can be achieved This is not proportional to the ratio of the pixel sum in the windows over the pixel sum in any of the detectors put proportional to some kind of edge length sum along the slow readout direction The GUI in Figure 6 can be used as a pocket calculator for these times Once the subwindow is defined and enabled so the associated two Subwins buttons are green one can enter an integration 28 The subwin auto on command dissects windows that cross chip or quadrant boundaries so the observer does not need to be fully aware of details LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 123 time of zero into the IT GEIRS sums up the pixel clocks in its patterns according to the selected readout mode and inserts this minimum time back into the GUI This works also in simulation mode A numerical example for the Hawaii2 4 quadrant case of LN If the width of an isolated window is increased by one pixel along the slow direction the total number of pixels read out increases by 4x1x1024 The number of pixels channeled through a single ADC increases by 4 x 1 x 1024 32 128 At a pace of the standard pixel read time of 10 000 ns
182. ion to rotate the entire detector by 180 In almost all cases the fitsfile will contain a full image which means not an image with darkened areas of the data by production with a previous srre There may be rare cir cumstances where deriving the reset window set recursively makes sense starting with a full image patching it with a finite cover of reset windows deriving from that image the bright areas and patching this again On a side note this way of extracting the brightest pieces of an image could also be used to generate the configuration files of the sfdump command This invocation can only scan images in the primary HDU of the fitsfile if the image is in FITS extensions it may be copied to a temporary file with that format through the ftcopy command of the heatools in the style of ftcopy origfile fits SCA1_1 tmp fits copyall no this may change in the future LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 97 or using the carFits_zech 1 program with its P option to merge the images in the exten sions into a single image in the primary HDU e For administrative reasons and as a public interface to the requirement to save the geometries of the reset windows to the CARMENES FITS files 12 there is also the reverse transforma tion geirs_srreConfig p infodir gt configfile which reads infodir multi_win_coordinates instru and creates the configfile This call does not
183. irva_new 2013 02 04 15h36m37 0693 inter i init telescope LBT f f 15 s offline 2013 02 04 15h36m39 0739 inter i init camera Nirvana o wide field 1 32 s offline m offline t offline 2013 02 04 15h36m39 4066 inter i gui 2013 02 04 15h38m05 5873 inter i quit 2013 02 04 15 53 25 start_nirva_new 2013 02 04 15h53m32 8916 inter i init telescope LBT f f 15 s offline 2013 02 04 15h53m34 8964 inter i init camera Nirvana o wide field 1 32 s offline m offline t offline 2013 02 04 15h53m35 0476 inter i gui 2013 02 04 15h53m59 9708 inter i set objectpath home mathar work GEIRS OBJECTS 2013 02 04 16h24m10 5699 inter i quit 2013 02 04 17 05 03 start_nirva_new 2013 02 04 17h05m09 5439 inter i init telescope LET f f 15 s offline 2013 02 04 17h05m11 5485 inter i init camera Nirvana o wide field 1 32 s offline m offline t offline 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6697 inter i gui 2013 02 04 17h05m21 3860 shell status roe 2013 02 04 17h05m21 3881 inter s status roe 2013 02 04 17h05m32 1300 shell subwin 2013 02 04 17h05m32 1321 inter s subwin 2013 02 04 17h06m18 3700 shell 1s 2013 02 04 17h06m18 3721 inter s 1s 2013 02 04 17h06m37 2339 shell read 2013 02 04 17h06m37 2360 inter s read 2013 02 04 17h06m50 2019 shel 1s 2013 02 04 17h06m50 2040 inter s 1s 2013 02 04 17h07m01 7539 shell save 2013 02 04 17h07m01 7560 inter s save ea 17h16m51 1262 inter i kill display Figure 14 Th
184. is a background process and should have a sync after it 70 3 focus syntax tele scope focus Move the telescope focus by units i e microns by sending t_command t_dfocus to the telescope Note that it is impossible due to some intrinsics of the t_dfocus interface in the CAHA scripting to move to a focus position that has a negative value on the absolute focus scale Example If the focus position is at 5 units before the move request and if the argument focus to this command is 7 the desired final focus position would be 2 and that negative value cannot be accomplished The telescope interface may return the following error codes e 30 Incorrect value for the relative focus motion e 31 Position not reached e 32 Timeout while moving to focus At the final stage of each motor motion individually or in groups via the filter the telescope focus is changed from within the motor procedure unless disabled or the sum of the focus corrections of the previous and new filters are too small and so on It is therefore not recommended to issue a tele focus while motors are still in motion 70 4 query syntax tele scope pos ition Reports the telescope coordinates alpha delta hour angle and air mass by sending t_ command t_request to the telescope Chapter 73 temphistory 44 70 5 extended query syntax tele scope get allpositions Requests tele pos and tele focus combined 70 6 TECS syntax tele scope
185. itional cycle type for Luci2 and Carmenes is e srre sample up the ramp with embedded resets The first parameter is the number of reads on the ramp and needs to be gt 2 In the same manner as for the srr mode the integration time may be increased by GEIRS if the number of reads does not fit into the integration time that was valid before selecting that mode or the number of samples along the ramp may be decreased if the frames do not fit into the RAM buffers The optional second parameter is the name of the ASCII configuration file that defines the geometry of the reset windows this file name should preferably be the full path name It plays the same role as the argument of the i of geirs_ srreConfig An argument equivalent to the p of geirs_srreConfig does not exist because ctype srre always writes the patterns into the currently active pat tern directory There is a modest shell type expansion mechanism applied to the name of the configuration file which means wild cards like the tilde for the home directory or CAMBIN etc will be recognized expanded Note that switching to this srre mode may trigger a full download of an entirely new pattern to the ROE which typically takes 18 seconds to complete and takes the same time before the command returns GEIRS compares the age of configuration file in the file system with the last time it has updated the pattern in the ROE to decide whether such a full download is executed Externa
186. ization GUI pops up In particular this may terminate a n which is in use by someone else working under the same LINUX account as yourself subwin self args Specify the subwindows for use with the next esposures The arguments are up to four Subwin objects which set the new subwindows The previous ones will be forgotten by GEIRS To delete the subwindows and to continue in full frame mode send an empty list w geirs Subwin 300 300 400 500 double samples in the MER Fowler gt gt gt w2 geirs Subwin 1300 300 400 500 gt gt gt g subwin w1 w2 gt gt gt g expose gt gt gt g genFits gt gt gt g subwin Data descriptors defined here dict__ dictionary for instance variables if defined __weakref__ list of weak references to the object if defined host __swig_destroy__ lt built in function delete_GeirsSrv gt __swig_getmethods__ host I I 1 I I f I f I j I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I j I I I 1 The third is a repetition type a number larger or equal to one I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I li I I I i I I I I f I lt built in function GeirsSrv_host_get gt 1 I __swig_setmethods__ host lt built in function GeirsSrv_host_set gt class Subwin __builtin__ object Constructor with window of zero area w geirs Subwin Constructor with wind
187. just switching on the ROE which improved slowly afterwards when the ROE was switched ont In this case one could lower temporarily the external bias to a value near 1 Volt for a first visual check of the LN detector image bias deti extbias V 1 0 The voltages remain until they are either overwritten with another bias command or until GEIRS resets the detector or is restarted The current value is revealed by the command bias 5 Error messages of the form libplxmpia c 233 plx_find_device ERROR Error in Plx device found u 2 chan 0 ffff fi or ERROR Error plx_find_device PLX ApiError 516 ApiNoActiveDriver mean that the driver for the board that interfaces with the RoCon fiber optics has died or not been installed This is usually fixed at boot time as in Section 2 1 1 or by executing cd CAMHOME scripts sudo plxstartup 31 which warms up the pre amplifiers that have some minimum operating temperature LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 129 6 Problem Error messages of the form unable to allocate Memory for Buffer appear and no frames are read Workaround This indicates that the driver is not capable of allo cating the kernel memory for the next exposure The only known solution is to shut down GEIRS and to reboot the computer This basically manifests a kernel memory leak that can be caused for example if some killed the geirs_rdbase process from the operating system
188. king delaying all followup commands even abort until sync itself returns In practise this means do not send a sync if you may wish to abort the read at some time in the future It returns the last errors of the background processes If no name or all are specified these are all errors otherwise the errors of the process specified by the command This allows to watch immediately the error of a background process At each start of a background process it clears its last error To clear all last errors of any background process use sync e sync e time waits like sync all time but clears on return all previous errors of the background processes time int float value as last argument sync waits at least seconds before checking on any process to synchronize with This is a mean to ensure that even on a busy system a just scheduled command has indeed started which may need some time If the argument none is present it does not sync with processes even if process names are in the argument list If no process parameter is given sync waits for the termination of all five background processes listed above and currently running in the system but not on the macro process Without the time specification the sync waits at least 2 seconds The signature indicates that this duration may be specified in a floating point format Examples sync synchronizes with all background processes after waiting a default ti
189. l monitors need to maintain an appropriate command s timeout in the interface to GEIRS The set of supported modes may change with time This set is immediately revealed in the menue after clicking on the Read Mode button of the controls GUI Examples ctype srre ctype srre 3 Chapter 16 dir 8 ctype srre 7 home staff GEIRS trunk r731M test srreMask08 carmenes ctype srre 5 CAMBIN test srreMask08 carmenes ctype lir ctype sfr ctype srr 12 ctype mer 7 GEIRS will round this up to an even number Note that instruments use only a small subset of these modes in reality 14 define type USER syntax define lt parameter gt lt specifier gt The define sets parameters The only parameter currently implemented is optics If GEIRS is controlled by some higher level SW the command is used to forward parameter values for example concerning an optics wheel that are not controlled by GEIRS but still needed by GEIRS e g to know the pixelscale The optics resolution names currently used are wide high and very high Examples define optics wide high very high selects a resolution define optics very selects the very high resolution define prints the current parameters define optics prints the optics status To make impact in the FITS header parameters need to be set before the associated read 15 delay type ENG syntax delay crep Set delay crep x x before c
190. l subwindows now fullframe subwin on re activates the previous subwindows or subwin auto on recalculates the HW DET windows Disable a single software window that was defined earlier subwin off subwin SW 99 off disables the softweare windwo with id 99 subwin auto on activates the windows window id 99 is now absent Enable a single disabled SW window subwin off subwin SW 99 on enables the SW win of id 99 subwin auto on activates the HW DET wins including id 99 subwin without any parameters or with HW or SW or DET as parameters prints the current settings 67 sync type USER syntax syne read tele filter save test none all macro time syntax sync e Waits until the background processes named by the arguments have terminated The model of the command execution means that these background processes reply with an early response to their command These processes read tele and so on are in some sort of common group because they need some time until they finish After starting any of these processes commands like status and get could be used to monitor how far which of these Chapter 67 syne 40 processes have proceeded The sync finally is actually waiting until these processes have fin ished in some cases triggered by individual timeouts and responds which the information collected by the processes during their execution as parallel background processes Think of the sync as bloc
191. le GEIRS because it will fall back on the Oracle JDK if that is installed flex The flex ompiler is not distributed with the default layout of openSUSE 13 1 If which flex revals that this is the case use sbin yast2 the Software management search for flex and post install 14 readline The readline library is not distributed with the default layout of openSUSE 13 1 If the GEIRS installation does not find the header files it compiles and installs its own copy of the library in its local directory this is a waste of time So it is recommended if usr include readline readline h is missing to post install the package with e sbin yast2 or zypper in readline devel under openSUSE e or yum install readline devel under CentOS 2 1 4 boost GEIRS uses the regex package of the boost library Two major ways of failing to have it have been detected so far If the library is not found under openSUSE it suffices to run sbin yast2 the Software management submenue to search for boost and to install the subpackages Under CentOS the library can be obtained with yum install boost boost devel under root On old operating systems the following installations on the local user s file system may otherwise be needed CentOS or openSUSE with gcc 4 8 Under CentOS 6 3 6 4 the boost library seems to be incomplete and needs to be installed separately before compiling GEIRS The source is taken from http sourceforge net projects boost and compiled
192. les in the natural order as if first geirsPhduAdd instrument then geirsPhduAdd instrument_1 etc and finally geirsPhduAdd instrument_5 was acting on the raw default FITS headers Having a range of six files at the disposal allows multiple subsystems to update or erase these files with different frequencies The current convention is that 1 CAMTMP geirsPhduAdd 1luci2_1 and CAMTMP geirsPhduAdd luci1_1 clean up superfluous GEIRS keywords and boost them to hierarchical keywords and 2 CAMTMP geirsPhduAdd luci2 2 and CAMTMP geirsPhduAdd lucil 2 are manipulated by online tools to add the telescope motor temperature and optics configuration These files are linked to fitsheader_lucifer txt for backward compatibility of older configurations at GEIRS startup time In general GEIRS cleans up these files each time it is started up because some online tools forget to erase their associated files when they are shut down this would leave obsolete contents in these files if GEIRS is afterwards started as a standalone program which then erroneously pile up in FITS headers This mechanism is not synchronized GEIRS reads the contents and appends these lines to the header just before composing the FITS file Obviously there is some risk of loosing information if the frame rate exceeds 1 Hz and the supervisor software updates that file at a similar frequency The functionality with the fedithead syntax is available The files can remove replace and add
193. likely also needed on the local workstation an equivalent file is likely also needed on the local file system 7 On the remote workstation tell the pulseaudio server which machine ought to receive its output by setting the PULSE_SERVER variable to the local host RMHOST who m awk print 5 sed s lO 1 g RMHOST echo SSH_CLIENT awk print 1 alternative export PULSE_SERVER RMHOST This might be inserted after translation to csh syntax in the CAMHOME scripts GENERIC file on the remote workstation If this forwarding service is also needed for other programs it is a good idea to add these few lines also to the user s bash_login Whether the numerical IP address is needed depends on the avialability of a DNS server from the remote computer 8 Set the environment variable CAMAUDIOPLAY in the scripts GENERIC on the remote machine to paplay such that aplay on the GEIRS workstation feeds its output of the audio file to its local pulseaudio daemon The installation is working once the command cd CAMHOME SOUNDS aplay Dpulse rooster au paplay rooster au on the remote GEIRS workstation plays sound on the local workstation If the call cd CAMHOME SOUNDS paplay rooster au on the remote workstation still says connection refused this may be caused by a firewall on the local workstation as for example enabled by default on fresh openSUSE 13 1 installations The firewall must then be weak
194. ll is the output line with the mean of means the mean of stddevs over the channels and the stddev of the channel stddevs 76 use type USER syntax use ctype or lt ctype gt corrupted atleast skip frames use ctype sets some parameters for the calculation of the given cycle type given in units of single frame readouts Currently this is only used for the mer multi correlated types srr e entsr lisrr lientsr Examples use ctype list the parameters of all ctypes use cntsr corrupted 3 do not use the last 3 frames before ABORT use cntsr atleast 10 use the aborted image if at least 10 frames default at least 2 are usable use cntsr skip 2 drop the first 2 frames of any cntsr cycle Usable frames are only checked for an aborted image It is _of_read_frames _of_corrupted_frames _of_skip_frames The syntax without argument just returns the current status 77 ustatus type ENG syntax ustatus Returns the user status one of astronomer engineering superuser Chapter 80 wheel 47 78 verbose type USER syntax verbose on off yes no verbose yes increases the amount of output to the shell While executing a macro for example the system will print every command and its line number so the operator always knows which marco line is being executed Default is yes If no parameter is provided verbose prints the value of the verbose flag 79 version type USE
195. ll to be read may be monitored by sending the status frame read to the server which responds by counting upwards as a function of time This is equivalent to looking at the numbers that appear at the Read label in Figure 6 which turns yellow after the start is received The two dominant parameters are the repeat factor which is available by sending status crep and the cycle time which is available by sending status ctime For any supervisor script it is much easier to deduce the real time of exposures by taking the cycle time as the base unit than taking the integration time because the influence of parameters like EMSAMP PREAD PSKIP the pair count of the multi correlated Fowler type samplings and any form of hardware windowing first type in Section 5 6 1 has already been incorporated then The composition of the cycle time by interlaced execution of resets reads and idle waits is described elsewhere see Section 1 2 Note that the precision of this prediction is generally not better than the cycle time for all modes that use or are coupled with the ROE idle mode named wait The reason is basic and simple the start command is generally not synchronized with the idle cycles of the detector readout The first pixel read waits as the name says for the end of the present idle cycle The need to read the detector even if no data are emitted by the electronics is a fundamental aspect of infrared detector exposure management and not discussed
196. llation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 103 6 FITS OUTPUT 6 1 Illustrative Example The primary FITS header generated by the stand alone GEIRS is illustrated by the following example extracted with dfits SIMPLE BITPIX NAXIS NAXIS1 NAXIS2 EXTEND COMMENT COMMENT BSCALE BZERO BUNIT MJD OBS DATE OBS DATE UT LST ORIGIN OBSERVER TELESCOP FRATIO OBSGEO L OBSGEO B OBSGEO H LAMPSTS INSTRUME CAMERA PIXSCALE ELECGAIN ENOISE ROVER WPOS WiPOS W2P0S W3PO0S W4POS W5POS FILTER FILTERS STRT_INT STOP_INT RA DEC EQUINOX OBSEPOCH AIRMASS HA T 16 2 2 2048 2048 T FITS dataset may contain extensions FITS Flexible Image Transport System format is defined in Astronomy and Astrophysics volume 376 page 359 bibcode 2001Ag A 376 359H 1 32768 adu real bzero bscale value adu adu 56610 398151 d Modified julian date days of observation 2013 11 14T09 33 20 2482 d UT date of observation end 2013 11 14T09 40 59 0409 d UT date of file creation 34400 248236 s 09 33 20 2482 UTC at EOread 46667 9276 s local sidereal time 12 57 47 928 EOread Centro Astronomica Hispano Aleman CAHA master 2CA 2 2 F 08 2 11 2 546135 deg telescope geograph longit 37 223037 deg telescope geograph latit 2168 m above sea level gt calib lamp Panic d HgCdTe 40
197. lly smaller than 8 5 are copied over b is followed by a single capital letter one out of three J H or K as expected q is followed by a number between 0 and 1 which scales the magnitude of the star in the output according to that quantum efficiency G generates a start catalogue as used with the display of the GEIRS detector software of the MPIA If that selection of the output format is made the value of the q option is ignored DESCRIPTION TwoMassCnvrt extracts star positions and magnitudes from the 2MASS catalogue on the user s file system and generates an ASCII format of the stars distributed over the pixels in the field of view in the catalogue style of skymaker The prerequisites of running the program are the regions of interest of the 2MASS catalog in the standard layout in the file system which are files named t cat where the three question marks are the three digits of the quantized declination measured from 0 of the southern pole up to 179 This means the program will scan these directories and if some of the files or their lines are missing the stars that are not found will not be produced by the program either The standard output contains lines in the Skymaker format a 100 followed by the two FITS pixel locations and a magnitude The standard error contains a snapshot that would be added to the FITS file header of what will be produced by Skymaker to have a useful WCS system across the FITS image E
198. ln s GENERIC act _ instr _ v done ln s GENERIC act _ instr done done If a certain class of users should better not start some of the instruments delete the associated symbolic link in the scripts directory of the user s GEIRS installation this removes the command from the set of executables of the Linux Unix account because it disappears from the search list of the PATH There is no basic mechanism that prevents a user like readout2 to start an instrument like Luci_1 or vice versa because the same GEIRS version is installed for all users and because there is no strict association between Linux Unix accounts and instruments Each user decides by choice of command name and startup method which instrument is started One could even start Linc Nirvana from the Luci computers and vice versa if the Internet routing between the subnets allows to connect to the other instrument s ROEs A similar argument works for the pair of CARMENES and PANIC on Calar Alto The simplest way to make it difficult for users like readout2 to start instruments like Luci_1 is to remove the symbolic links of the instrument in the users s script directory The file GENERIC is not just a startup script but a configuration script that defines many of the variables listed in Section 3 2 These defaults must be edited at least at two places 1 If a ROE is to be used such that it is not simulated CAMPORT must be changed to the address of the ROE
199. ls t timeout followed by an integer increases the timeout for the communication to the ROE to that number of seconds To turn off the front LED s of the 3 ROE boards that are under software control for example use the three commands pipe 33 509 0 pipe 33 911 0 0x0 pipe 33 903 0 Oxf or to turn them on use pipe 33 508 0 pipe 33 911 0 0x1 pipe 33 903 0 Oxif In newer pattern versions there are files ledoff and ledon so to the same effect we may use pipe list ledoff pipe list ledon Chapter 48 put 46 pkginp type USER syntax pkginp h c devicename Starts read in process of GEIRS stream packages Accepts only devicenames starting with dev If no devicename is given the devicename has to be set via the environment PKGINPORT else you get an error should prevent accidential access of data ports just used e Option h shows the command usage e Option c first reads all waiting data until a timeout of a a part of a second 47 ptime type ENG syntax ptime Sets the base time for the pixel time which is ptime in the roe interface e for observers ptime default slow sets the configured base times for ptime e for engineers ptime val value gt 0 as base time 48 put type ENG 48 1 numerical syntax put i d s offset value Write value at offset into the shared memory infopage database e i value is an int default e f value
200. lt values of this camera With the option r all current settings of the camera remain as they are unless they are overwritten with another option of this command e 1 32 4 number of ADC channels used to read detector e o optics wide high very side down s to ROE hardware tatus offline online acces e m motors offline camera direct e t temperature controller offline camera direct Chapter 30 interactive 15 e r init camera name r does re init but also re setting all important last camera settings Init without parameters returns the states of the instrument parts TBD 28 2 telescope syntax init telescope name f number s status Initialize the telescope Valid telescope names and focal ratios are defined in CAMHOME src cameratypes h telescope lab ca3 5m ca2 2m cal 23m lbt none e uf focal ratio 3 8 10 25 35 45 e s status offline EPICS 28 3 wheels syntax init wheels Read the filter aperture wheel database and move all wheels to their ZERO home posi tion 29 iniwindow type USER syntax iniwin Opens a window to setup the camera telescope configuration If you leave the window using the OK button the camera the telescope and the wheels will be initialized if their setup was changed The all button forces a complete new initialization whether or not anything was changed 30 interactive type ENG syntax interactive on off yes no
201. lto instruments that have log files in the GEIRS format The horizontal axis are minutes the vertical axis are temperatures Kelvin e x timel time2 begin end time on the horizonal axis e f time begin time on the horizontal axis e y temp1 temp2 cuts of lower upper temperatures in the graph e d display on which the window is opened e g xt28 0 This window will not be closed when the software is shut down with the quit command 75 test type ENG syntax test std med var q r n1 n2 or r1 n1 Computes pixel statistics and appends the result to the file chiptest log either in CAMTMP usually tmp or in the current directory e std prints averages and deviations over all pixels in all images of each channel and the same for the full image with additional stdv of channels stdv This is the default option if neither med nor var are used e med prints the median of all channels of each image e var prints the median of all pixel averages as a function of time and the median of all pixel variances as a function of time Note this throws an error if less than 2 images are available Default the log file shows results channel by channel The channel order follows the default orientation of each detector independent on the user s flips or rotations That means the channel enumeration is usually not trivially related to the display orientation Options e m for test var de activates medi
202. lues can be configured by the user staff via the environment variables CAMITIME_MULT and CAMITIME_PLUS else the defaults are set to no adjustments but may always be changed via this itime command from the user 32 kill type USER syntax kill name w If name is one of the set display satcheck engwin sdisp gui control telgui tempcon shminfo iniwin then a software terminate flag is set to the named process All other name result in syntax er rs rily mean that the process is able to recognize it sets a flag However setting this flag does not ne since the mechanism works passively If name is one of the set read save shell tele wheel filter lyot aperture optics then first a soft kill signal is sent to the process If after timeout default 10 seconds the process is still alive a kill 9 signal is sent to the process The option w following the process name overwrites defaulted timeout to wait for the process to terminate The units of the parameter are seconds Additionally PID entries and serial line flags are cleared and maybe some other flags that need a reset Note If name is macro it does not terminate the macro process but reports only values of the macro status If no macro process is alive it cleans the macro status Warning kill read should hardly ever been used in favor of abort Chapter 35 load 17 33 lamp type USER syntax lamp ALLOFF syntax lamp L
203. ly added if the list of subwindows is not yet full and wid number is not yet used for a subwindow where wid of SW windows are overwriting any wid of HW window definition But if only HW windowing is used the wid of the HW window definition is used Currently the max subwindows count per list SW HW DET PAT is fixed in GEIRS and is at least a multiple gt 2 of the data channels of the detector currently gt 5 128 xlstart and ylstart are the Cartesian coordinates in FITS style i e each gt 1 and with 1 1 addressing the lower left pixel in the full frame image The four coordinates refer to the natural global FITS coordinate system which stretches from the lower left corner of the lower left chip in the detector mosaic to the upper right corner of the upper right chip xsize and ysize are width gt 1 and height gt 1 of the window in units of pixels Because there is a block buffer size of 512 Bytes configured in the OPTPCle setup GEIRS rounds the two sizes up such that the product is a multiple of 8 pixels therefore a multiple of 16 bytes such that the total over all 32 readout channels of each chip is a multiple of 512 bytes This means the windows shown in the FITS files may be sligthly larger than the parameters xsize and ysize submitted by the observer If the region of a user window stretches beyond the current detector area 2048x2048 for LN or Luci 4096x4096 for PANIC and 4096x2048 for CARMEN
204. ly differs from any of the sets that are specified with the subwin The portions of the areas defined by the WIN keywords that lie outside the regions that are read out will be filled with zeros Tf there are two WIN keywords with the same index only the latter one further down in the file will be used The indices do not need to be in consecutive integer order there may be holes Actually all keywords that start with WIN and have a value string with the syntax of the four Chapter 60 sfdump 33 corner coordinates will be included in the window list If these indices are integers they are copied into the EXTNAME of the FITS extensions for cross identification e RAWF Tor F boolean Use a bare unsigned 16 bit binary format in the endianess of the GEIRS host if true otherwise a FITS format The default is F i e output file format is not raw but FITS if this keyword is missing The bare format has as many bytes as the number of pixels in all windows defined above multiplied by 2 where 2 is the number of bytes per pixel The order of the pixels is first a block for the first window then a block for the next window in the order implied by the WIN keywords In each window pixels of the bottom line smaller y coordinates come first pixels of the top line last Within each line of pixels the order is left to right smaller x coordinates first e VERB T or F boolean If true pack a standard more complete list of keywords
205. ly the abort would be recognized after the sync returns and at that time there is nothing left to abort This means if you are not sure at some time whether you would like to wait for the regular passing of the full integration time or perhaps use a abort later do not send a sync until you really mean it 64 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Chapter 4 autosave 2 2 alarm type USER syntax alarm sound volume Plays a General Error sound The sound is an optional file name where the file must reside in the admin subdirectory of CAMHOME lt version gt volume is in the range from 1 up to 100 Note that alarm sounds cannot be blocked by setting the volume in the Options gt Sound menu of the controls Note On problems with the audio driver the sound may be switched off in the Options gt Sound menu of the controls 3 aperture type USER syntax aperture name Move the aperture wheel to position name Actually this is only relevant to PANIC and moves the cold stop wheel unless disabled The named positions are defined in the files CAMINFO wheel ext The available wheel indices and the file extension ext depend on the actual camera system in use Tf called without a parameter aperture prints all possible aperture positions and the cur rent one Warning aperture launches a background process and should be followed by a sync
206. main GUI with the images usually shows intermediate garbage until new data have been generated with read because the subwin commands modify the index tables which translate the positions of data in the serial frame buffer of the detector frames of the past into positions of data in the serialized 2D geometry in the GUI and these do not match until the new detector frames have been generated Examples e activation control subwin off Any windowing is switched off resumes full frame subwin on HW and SW windowing with current subwindow geometries activated subwin on SW SW windowing will be used subwin off HW HW windowing will not be used subwin off SW 1 Deactivate SW window number 1 subwin on SW 2 Activate a previously deactived SW window number 2 e definition of window geometries subwin SW 12 1 1 100 100 define geometry of SW window number 12 of dimension 100 by 100 starting at the left lower edge 1 1 and append it to the list of SW windows according to unique wid 12 and available window definition free space subwin HW 12 1 1 320 10 HW window with wid 12 e clearance of window geometries subwin clear Clear all windowing definitions subwin clear HW Clear all HW windowing definitions subwin clear SW Clear all SW windowing definitions Important e Just setting the windows coordinates does not activate windowing An explicit subwin on is still needed e Removing a single subwindow from the list of known subwindows is not p
207. me sync 1 5 synchronizes with all background processes after waiting 1 5 seconds sync none 0 5 just waiting 0 5 seconds no syncs at all This command is needed for writing macros since commands like read do not block the execution of the next command A typical sequence could look like this sync e 0 1 start of sequence clears last errors read read data sync wait for all still running processes tele rel 10 10 move telescope 10 north 10 east save f 2 i save data sync tele wait for the telecope movement read next 2nd read sync read wait for read process tele rel 10 10 move telescope 10 north 10 east sync save wait for 1st save end save f 2 i save next data of 2nd read sync tele wait for tele movement done read next 3rd read Chapter 69 tdebug 41 If a parameter of sync is macro or all and the sync is started from inside of a macro this macro or all string is just removed sync macro waits only as a command outside of a macro on the termination of the main macro level sync all waits on all processes including the macro process sync none waits on neither process only waits for the given time or 2 seconds for default A note on the instruments where GEIRS steers motors Motor movements may in general result in a decision to update the CAHA telescope offset if the wheels configuration files indicate that the total contribution to the focal shift is larger than some
208. menes or panic or luci2 The file contains a list of x and y specifications in the IRAF convention Each line starts either with the x and y coordinate of a bad pixel or with the start x end x start y and end y coordinates of a rectangle of bad pixels The coordinate pair or quadruple is separated by white space Each coordinate is 1 based as in FITS and ranges from 1 up to the detector size 2048 for instruments with a single 2k x 2k chip 4096 for PANIC Coordinates that fall outside the two dimensions of the detector are clipped and effectively ignored Lines in the file that start with less than two numbers are skipped The program fitsImg2Asc in geirs2Panic offers an option b to convert a FITS image into that ASCII format based on two sided clipping of the histogram GEIRS does not distribute or maintain such bad pixel mask files which means they are not installed at compile or startup time and they are not in the source distribution GEIRS is a detector control software not a pipeline or data reduction tool Cuts Display stretch control Figure 23 This button brings up a menu with various options for determining the minimum and maximum display levels The options include Cuts Allows you to enter your own minimum and maximum display levels in the Min Cut and MaxCut windows LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 53 KK x 18 File_v Color v MagMode y ETE v 11500 Pixel
209. minimum In these cases sync wheel pauses until the motor motion is finished but does not wait until the telescope command is finished It is therefore good practise not to use an isolated sync wheel but either sync or a combined sync wheel and sync tele Note If a background process hangs or died in an unexpected way it might be necessary to use a kill background process command to let the sync command return 68 system type USER syntax system Jemd Executes any system command where cmd might be any combination of arguments On problems with special characters surround the cmd with the character Example system tvgcmd 0 033 to send escape to tv guider system tvgemd to get information about tvgcmd Waits for termination of the system call 69 tdebug type USER syntax tdebug text anytext anytext Writes an entry into the debug_ user log file in the format 2004 05 28 11 23 41 3794 ZD account logentry alltext Alltext limited to roughly 2048 8192 chars is the concatenation of all the arguments 74 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Chapter 70 telescope 42 70 telescope type USER Only relevant for Calar Alto instruments that control telescope pointing via GEIRS i e PANIC For the other instruments the command only has the effect of setting the sky coordinates in GEIRS s internal data base such that they appear in FITS headers
210. mmand Section 5 3 Moving to an absolute position An absolute position can be entered directly in the RA and Dec windows After setting the equinox the position can be sent to the telescope by clicking on the move button The RA and Dec windows also display the current telescope position after each offset Relative offsets Offsets in arcseconds can be supplied in the dx and dy windows Clicking on one of the directional buttons in the compass panel will then offset the telescope by the requested amount The set zero button zeroes the cumulative offsets S dx and S dy and the 0 0 button in the centre of the compass returns the telescope to this defined zero position Focus The number after the df mm defines a step size in mm for focus changes Pressing the or buttons changes the focus by one step size unit with the selected sign The Set focus button changes the absolute focus to the value between the and buttons again in units of mm Object Files An object file can be given in the Object List window the object extension is not needed although the file must have it The search path for this file usually ending GEIRS OBJECTS may be set in the OPTIONS gt 0bjectPath menu of Figure 6 Objects can be selected with a single click and set with the set button Setting an object sends the object s coordinates to the RA and Dec windows These can then be sent to the telescope computer by clicking on move as described above A u
211. mum integration time of the exposure increases roughly linear to the number of re set windows needed for downloading and executing the resets sequentially This prolongation is negligible in practise Reads Parameter The number of samples along the ramp is an integer N gt 2 and a free parameter which is to be specified by the operator with the ctype command There are some technical constraints however which set limits on N and some interrelations with other parameters of the exposure e With the standard full frame readout and at the standard pixel time of 10 us command ptime reading once the detectors in the srr e modes needs slightly less than 1 4 seconds a hard limit to the full frame sampling frequency Supposed the integration time J as specified 18Note the simple arithmetics N 7 reads corresonds to N 1 6 intervals 88 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Ku Carmenescarmenes Display vtrunk r732M 6 r Y Y File_v Color v MagMode v SubArrays _ Pixel 2oa91024 0 Radius lt 13_ gt cuts minimax 4205 12869 meanidev 9746 9 1697 4 __ FWHM flx foo oo First_ aa JAZS Tomi Jer Frm 5 Sky of Figure 30 Example of a CARMENES exposure with 74 reset windows on the left and 68 reset windows on the right detector chip each 102 x 102 pixels This is the fifth frame in a ramp of five with the itime command
212. n 5 3 SKYFRAME tmp img Generally an empty string but a file name if some other FITS image has been subtracted to obtain the current FITS image and a string in parentheses if this image was taken from another frame in the online image buffer LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 111 e DETSEC 1 2043 1 2048 px xrange and yrange of window Coordinates of the detector window in the FITS image The value is the same as DETSIZE if the full window has been read out e DATASEC 5 2044 5 2044 px xrange and yrange of science data Coordinates of the detector window in the FITS image This is basically the same as DETSEC but smaller for the case of Hawaii 2 RG detectors if some pixels fall into the 4 pixels frame along the edges e DETSIZE 1 2048 1 2048 px x range yrange of full frame CHIPSIZX 2048 px single chip pixels in x CHIPSIZY 2048 px single chip pixels in y Three values that describe the geometry of the detector and which are always the same because all instruments use Hawaii 2 or Hawaii 2 RG detectors e B_EXT1 2 530273 V external bias B_DSUB1 0 000000 V det bias voltage DSUB B_VREST1 0 500000 V det bias voltage VRESET B_VBIAG1 3 222656 V det bias voltage VBIASGATE Four values per chip Hawaii 2 or 10 values per chip Hawaii 2 RG that show the voltages applied to the detector chip which are set by DAC
213. n generator 3 4 2 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 1 3 Operation GEIRS is installed by adding drivers of the PLX board at standard places to the Operating System configuring the allowable shared memory parameters retrieving the source code and the pattern descriptions from a SVN repository and compiling the source code with the GNU C C compiler GEIRS is started with a one line command to the Operating System with an option to start with or without interactive GUI support The configuration of essentially permanent parameters TCP interfaces to the ROE the location of files concerning patterns sound control etc is done in the very same startup script This needs of the order of five seconds There is no initialization sequence because essentially all parameters concerning exposures are forwarded later Health of the GEIRS command interface and shared memory manager may then and at any latter time be checked by querying parameters with the status command More tests by scanning the log files for prototypical answers from the ROE are possible if initialization tests are needed The standard operation of generating the images that is generating the FITS files is to send a sequence of commands to the GEIRS shell There are configurational commands that specify ROE parameters like integration times integration readout types repetition factors location and size of windo
214. n seconds A Read Resets is the number of reads and resets executed in the current read cycle ieff elapse time gives the observing efficiency as the ratio of integration time to cycle period seff elapse time gives the system efficiency as the ratio of time for read out to elapse time Repeat is the number of images N with the specified exposure time T which will be taken each time a read is executed read cycle The total exposure time will then be N x T seconds The maximum number of images depends on the computer shared memory set up in Section 2 5 and the setting of CAMSHMSZ in scripts GENERIC The current sequence number of the reads is displayed to the left Read button see below Endless may be pressed to start an endless loop of reads The images are read out with the current integration time and dumped to the display They are not saved unless the autosave option has been activated via the GUI Figure 9 or autosave command Section 5 3 This is useful for positioning the telescope before e g starting a macro Read The read button executes a read using the current exposure time and number of repeats On completion of a read the images are not saved unless autosave is selected under the save option While the ROE is reset for example explicitly with the Re init ROElec menue or implicitly while a new srre pattern is uploaded the label on the button changes from Read to R The button is disabled while an exposure is execu
215. n the lower left corner is not set to Img but to Frm the GUI switches to frames instead of images for display and indexing e AZ Clicking on AZ rescales the main image to fill the frame so the full detector area is visible e plot Plots cuts and surfaces through the current image on the display An auxiliary GUI as in Figure 21 appears This button is disabled if gnuplot was not found at compile time Section 2 1 5 If all five options are activated five gnuplot graphs similar to Figure 22 appear The channel plot is initially 128 thousand pixels wide on the horizontal axis which is the number of pixels in one channel for the 2048 x 2048 array distributed over the 32 channels assigned to each detector chip by the MPIA readout electronics Without zooming in the line density in the Channel plot is so large that the entire graph assumes the red line color because the y axis scale is taken from the current cuts of the main display This may be changed with 52 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 magnifier 3d plot Javed autoscale current row plot cive autoscale of current col plot active autoscale o current channel plot active of autoscale of rawframe pixels 3x3 plot active uf autoscale of Panicmathar Disp Plot Options Ok_ 4 Figure 21 Auxiliary options after pressing the plot button in the main display GUI Fig 15 the autoscale options in Figure 21 The
216. nals 1 1 and 1 2 each of order 2 The group is isomorph to Dg the dihedral group with 8 elements A 3 Remote Sound This is a user s note that has nothing to do with GEIRS any other means of the local computer network may be implemented as well It is only of interest if operators need to hear GEIRS sound effects The computer that runs GEIRS may or may not have a sound card see the output of any of the commands cat proc asound cards amidi 1 usr sbin alsa info sh Usually GEIRS will be run on a remote server in the catacombs of the observatory whereas the sound is supposed to be trumpeted on some controller s desktop In that case the GEIRS computer does not need a sound card There is at least one technique to forward the sound to the operator under openSUSE which feeds the digitized pulse modulation into a PulseAudio channel on the GEIRS remote computer and forwards this as an RTP package to the pulseaudio channel on the operator s local machine Figure 37 This is configured basically as follows 1 Install the paprefs pulseaudio preferences openSUSE module on the remote and also on the local computer If which paprefs does not show anything this is essentially done by calling sudo sbin yast2 selecting the Software management submenue searching for paprefs and downloading and installing it There are two variants to configure the forwarding 136 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and
217. nd the disp options respectively from the call of the shell in the CAMHOME scripts GENERIC script These changes in the configuration are available if the instrument is run in a stable production mode where the pipeline investigates the FITS files that are produced such that the quick look at the frames is not needed or replaced by the more common ds9 viewer If some subsystems of GEIRS like the ROE the Motors or the Telescope are set or left in a not available or offline state in Figure 4 some parts of the GUls described in this manual display yellow diagonal crosses to provide a visual warning that the corresponding section of the action or information is in some state of software emulation simulation 4 2 Start up Engineering Alternatively there is an engineering GUI called by geirs_start which opens up similar to Figure 5 The GUI is not available on systems where neither the gcj compiler nor the Oracle Java compiler was found at compilation time This allows experienced users to edit many parameters on a finer level without editing the GENERIC script but at a higher risk of starting GEIRS with modes that are not supported The program scans a fixed list of ROE IP addresses and puts those that seem to be online into the selector for the CAMPORT It puts subdirectories of CAMHOME that look like compiled GEIRS versions into the CAMBIN selector If the Continue Start button is pressed the program sets some of the environment variables
218. ndows of each single frame to a directory while in any multi correlated or doubly correlated read mode If the command is used without argument it just returns the current name of the configu ration file This is an empty string if the dumping is not active If the command argument is a three letter lower case off dumping is de activated and the previous configuration file name is forgotten This state is also the initial status at GEIRS startup for most instruments for CARMENES however the default are full frame dumps on behalf of the initial pipeline stages performed by GEIRS Any other argument is interpreted as a file name of a an existing readable ASCII file with the configuration parameters If the pathname starts with a slash it is interpreted as a full path name on the GEIRS computer otherwise as a file relative to CAMTMP and if CAMTMP is not defined either relative to HOME tmp The configuration parameters are one per line in the file following a FITS style template syntax as described in the cfitsio manual e COMMENT anything lines to be ignored only for documentation purposes e WIN idx xstrt xend ystrt yend A portion of the detector image in the standard 1 based FITS syntax The two brackets two colons and comma must be present as single letters and the entire string must be encapsulated by quotes The idx are distinct positive integers enumerating the windows This window set defined by the WIN keywords usual
219. ne by pattern endless e crep endless The ROE macro only the pattern as an endless loop and the software will top the ROE e eop N N is 0 or 1 0 continuous 1 countdown in ROE2 e gap status of gap used to exclude itimegap pattern e pxllns status of pixel pat table lines e fiprot N N 1 fEpers protection 0 faster subwindowing e oflwprot N N 1 overflow persistence protection at ctype end e commands e verify checks the SW state against the HW state of the ROE3 Output to CAMTMP verify_roe3states log e evall evaluates with timing the current roe3state Output to CAMTMP timing evals log e parameters e shortint 1 parameter 1 activates paramaeter 0 de activates the short subfield integration type e ems 4 ROE multisampling with 1 2 or 4 samples e swms 8 SW multisampling with 1 n samples depends on RAM e simadc 1 activates ROE3 data simulation on ADC FPGAs If the additional option last in option crep lt string gt last is set the CTIME dependent cycle sync auto switch is not overwriting the LAST SYNC state for the larger cycle times If used without options the status of the ROE parameters is given Chapter 57 satcheck 28 54 rotype type USER syntax rotype g eirs or fa st or fu l or plx or dgen dgendelayVal Read Out type of the datainterface The plx type defines that
220. ne may lazily use the file name without suffix in the GUI of Figure 6 and after the macro command if file names in the directories do have the mac suffix The macro path plays the role of a search path for these mac files It is set changed with the third pull down menue of Figure 6 or the associated set macropath GEIRS shell command and saved across GEIRS shutdown startup cycles in the file CAMTMP CAMMACROS If a macro file is not found in that directory defined by the search path GEIRS also searches thereafter through CAMHOME MACROS by default If users store their macros in that MACROS subdirectory anyway the macro path is not that relevant The macro files support DOS style end of line markers of the composite carriage return and line feed bytes In that respect one can copy these files from older Microsoft operating systems without using dos2unix 1 UTF 16 encoding of the newer Microsoft OS s is not supported and supposed to be converted by tools like recode 1 before feeding them into GEIRS 5 4 2 Syntax Checker A basic syntax checker for a macro file is called with geirs_MChk macrofilename mac which tests many but not all lines in the macro file for syntactical correctness geirs_MChk prints the lines that appear to be incorrect to standard output It checks only the most common commands that appear in macros Commands like status 1s and other commands that produce detailed output or open windows that needs interpr
221. ng GEIRS on the machine Then the command start_luci2 iwin gui disp cmd respectively start_luci1 iwin gui disp cmd respectively start_luci2 old iwin gui disp cmd respectively start lucil old iwin gui disp cmd or for the most recent version of the software start_lucil_new iwin gui disp cmd respectively start_luci2_new iwin gui disp cmd starts GEIRS If no command line option is used gui is implicitly activated If the iwin option was present explicitly or implicitly it commences with the start up screen of Figure 4 The controls and or the image GUI will be opened depending on the presence of the options gui and or disp The command server is started depending on the presence of the option cmd The gui option works only if the command server is either started here or already running Error messages of the Command not found class indicate that the software may not have been compiled installed or simply not integrated into the PATH of the operating system The start commands refuse to start GEIRS if the associated TCP port is already in use The startup script may replace some files at common places like in the scripts or INFO directories by versions that depend on the GEIRS version that just has been called It generally does this by managing symbolic links The only reason for this breaking of the rules of versioning is that some other softwares d
222. ng the direction Velocities are in units of revolutions per minute Accelerations are in units of revolutions per minute squared To change the name of a filter element the change must be executed at the same time in wheelw panic in the elements panic and everywhere in the associated column of the w th wheel in fmacros panic LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 119 7 1 2 fmacros Filter motion macros are defined in the CAMBIN admin fmacros panic file by inventing a synoptic name of the macro in each first colum of the file and listing in left to right order for wheel0 to wheel4 the names of positions of the wheels for that configuration in the same line There is a symbolic link to that file in CAMINFO to support the OT which looks only into that fixed directory for macro names Syntax In the fmacros file comments are started with either the semicolon or with the sharp 4 and extend to the rest of the line in which they occur Empty lines are ignored In each line a name label characterizing the compound filter set and the individual wheel positions are separated by any amount of white space blanks If there are more names than wheels in the instrument the trailing names are ignored Each position refers to a name in CAMBIN admin elements instr and to a name in a file CAMBIN admin wheel 0 instr a set of files that enumerate wheels enumerated from index 0 again wi
223. ng the same FITS file name multiple times If option t is given without a filename the special name test is used else it uses the given filename Attention The testfile filename is not used if the next save command is given with a filename it is only used if save is given without a filename To deactivate the previously commanded temporary test filename you might either just call next n without filename argument or next n filename where filename will be handled like above or next filename where filename will be handled like above next tests if the filename already exists in the current path and issues a warning if this is the case The next save will then fail if the file already exists in the current path unless an option for overwriting Dangerous is given If next is used without argument the command returns the next default and next test file names where the one which would be used at the next save command is marked as next The test filename shows you also the starting string of the saved files which are not queued to automatic storing to tape etc Chapter 43 optics 23 41 object type USER 41 1 text syntax object text Sets text as OBJECTS in the FITS header truncated to 39 chars 41 2 no option syntax object Prints the current object 42 observer type USER 42 1 name syntax observer name Sets name as observer in the FITS header truncated to
224. no such line exists in the configuratio file the default is taken from the shell environment variable CAM_DETXYFLIP of the user who calls geirs_srreConfig If this is also not set the default is 2 for CARMENES and 1 for LUCI 22 This additional parameter makes possibly sense for LUCI where resolutions and masks are frequently changed For CARMENES this is not supposed to happen because the window locations would change rarely after earth quakes or after exchange of the calibration sources 94 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 e NDET integer Number of chips in the detector If such a line is missing the default is 2 for CARMENES and 1 for LUCI This keyword supports tests where the software is not run with the full number of boards or chips for the same reason the NDET environment variable may be set in the startup script and selected in the GUI of Figure 4 e COMMENT blabla Lines to be ignored and merely serving as comments to the configuration There may be more than one of these comment lines All lines of these formats may be extended by a slash and further comments which will be ignored by the parser build into geirs_srreConfig Examples of these files with names like srreMask are in the GEIRS version test subdirectory of the GEIRS distribution The format of this configuration file is the same as the format of the configuration file of the sfdump command to the GEIRS shell Secti
225. nofa Subwin Selections Read Repeat E Endless Save_ Filename aa0007 Options Save Save Options Test _o Object Sky o your comment Macro Execute Disk Me Pause Abort Disk Mem Pause Abort FE A Nirvanamathar Controls vrjm r674 675M Y X A Nirvanamathar Controls vrim r674 675M v x File Modules 7 Options 7 File v Modules 7 Optio Ide Display OOO A Sound gt Idle Telescope ReadWoCony Idle wait SavePath Conv SatCheck N s 0 0 or MacroPath 0 Read M StripChart T s 2 6671 Read Mode lir ObjectPath 6671 eyeTls T o F Hz 0 18706 eyeT s 5 3458 Logfile 18706 Reads ee Os 7 Reads 2 ieff 0s f P Reset New InstrShell f 0s 0 0 Resets 1 seff 0s 0 0 prd 1Del InstrShell 3 Iskp 150m3 prd 100007 pskp 150 ns Iskp 150 ns Subwin DebugLog Mon Selections Subwins OnOffo Subwin Selections Read la a Endless Read Repeat 1 Endless Save Cmd Log Mon 7 Save_ Filename aa0007 Options Save Options Test o Options Save Save Options u Test _of Object your object Sky of Object Sky of Macro Execute Macro Execute Disk Me Pause Abort Disk Mm Pause Abort Figure 6 The camera control window with its drop down menus 38 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 e File Menu Re init
226. ntarily or by disabling these effects in the Application Launcher Menu in Personal Settings Configure Desktop Workspace Appearance and Behavior Desktop Effects and unchecking Enable desktop effects at startup Ifthe start_geirs call does not open the GUI 5 but emits errors complaining on missing AWT related libraries the gcj has been incompletely configured probably the enable java awt switch of the configuration of the gcc bundle was missing see Recompile gcc under openSUSE 11 1 for details This may potentially be cured by installing the associated java developer packages which are not enabled by default in openSUSE installation managers BEYOND GEIRS This section adds information on processes other programs or aspects of the operating system that are not under GEIRS control nor part of the source distributed by the MPIA A 1 Installment of a new ROE IP address How to change the IP address of the MPIA ReadOutElectronics A 1 1 Using RS232 Uninstall the ROCon board and set the configuration DIP switches 5 and 7 to ON Start a terminal program like PuTTY Reinstall ROCon board and connect it to your computer using a null modem cable The serial settings are 9600N81 Power on ReadOutEelctronics You should see a message like this 34Contribution by U Mall 29 Feb 2015 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 133 3360 4 COS_XC161 V2 16 Jul 11 2007 336 0 4 ReadOut Cont
227. ntax macro c lear filename Executes the macro defined in the file filename If the c clear option is given alone the last macroname is just cleared in the parameter variable and therefore in GUI The file filename contains command lists like any of the command shell Be careful when invoking commands like read telescope or filter that run in the background Make sure that the next command does not conflict with the previous or use the sync command The default search directory for the macros is defined in the controls GUI by the Options gt MacroPath or by set macropath If the filename starts with a slash the directory of the MacroPath is not used else the filename is appended to the contents of the MacroPath If the macro test mac resides in a subdirectory relative to MacroPath the syntax is macro subdir test If the given filename does not exist the software tries to open the file after adding the extension mac and eventually also with the extension macro If the macro file is still not found the two default paths CAMHOME MACROS filename mac are tried thereafter This search hierarchy allows to call standard GEIRS macros but also to overwrite them by other macros with the same name in different directories specified by an explicit macro path A macro file length is currently limited to 10 000 lines and the line length limited to 255 characters It is possible to add comments to macros starting at a
228. ntegration time may be increased by GEIRS such that the number of reads fit into the integration time Also note that GEIRS will effectively decrease the number of samples along the ramp if the number of frames product of the crep and the number of samples here does not fit into the shared memory buffers as defined by the CAMSHMSZ environment variable at startup time Chapter 13 ctype 7 e sub xxx subarray mode in corresponding xxx type parameters center x center y size e spr single pixel read stays on the pixel and clocks as often as the field size of the channel Parameters are the x pos and y pos e rlr reset level read reads the line reset level by resetting and reading the array without additional integration time e rrr fmpia rrr mpia with 100perc eff during cycle repeat line oriented rd rst rd e subrrr mpia subarray in rrr mpia readout type The three parameters are center x center y size e subrrr fmpia subarray in rrr fmpia readout type The three parameters are center x center y size e mcr multi correlated read cf multi but uses coadder The parameter is the number of reads before after integration e orm omega ramp mode cf ramp The parameter is the number of reads on the ramp e orrr omega reset read read cf rrr no coadder used e omult omega multiple endpoints cf multi no coadder The parameter is the number of reads before after integration e An add
229. ntil the current command is completed Check in the command window to be sure that the pause is in effect Clicking on continue will continue executing the macro after the pause While the macro runs the Execute button turns yellow with an indication of how many percent of the command lines including debris like comments blank lines and so on in the macro file have already been executed Disk The green portion of the bar indicates the fraction of the selected disk which is still available The GUI issues an audible warning when the disk is getting close to full assuming you have not turned off the sounds If the GUI of Figure 6 disappeared it can be reconstructed with the control command to the GEIRS shell Section 5 or using the equivalent forwarding with cmd or snd Section 3 1 from the Linux shell 4 3 2 Command Shell and Log Monitors The Modules gt New InstrShell menu starts the interactive command shell interpreter of Figure 10 The window can be closed with the Modules gt Del InstrShell button The appearance of the Command Shell and logging windows sizes colors is defaulted as for X terminals as set at the standard places in the file system HOME Xdefaults HOME app defaults etc After the prompt the GEIRS command shell expects commands from the list reproduced in Section 5 and the terminal echos the responses The commands send from this window and the commands created by pushing buttons in Figure 6 are r
230. o specify the directories that contain the Save path where the FITS files or raw dumps will end up Macro path where the software will search for macro files Object path where the software will search for the ASCII files with star catalogues relevant for the file name of the catalog that goes into the Object List of the telescope GUI Some fine control of the files with the sounds volume on off is avialable in the Sounds submenu geirs_dropcaches 1 GEIRS geirs_dropcaches 1 NAME geirs_dropcaches drop the file system and memory caches kept in memory SYNOPSIS geirs_dropcaches m MiB OPTIONS m The threshold that triggers executing the dropping in units of MiB If not used the default is 8192 DESCRIPTION The program executes effectively a sync echo 3 gt proc sys vm drop_caches when the free amount of memory drops below the threshold which lets the Linux OS clear the current caches in the virtual memory This is called by GEIRS at the start of every read that involves the PLX driver The default threshold of 8192 used within GEIRS can be changed using the put command of the GEIRS interpreter while GEIRS is running for example put DROPCACHE 1024 to use 1024 MiB in the future Note that all values defined by put are forgotten when GEIRS is shut down so the effect of such a modification would only last for the current GEIRS session Version trunk r748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2015 1 Version trunk r748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2
231. ocation is python gt gt gt import geirs and gt gt gt help geirs shows the classes and functionalities which are available Section 5 8 Alternatively use pydoc geirs LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 23 6 Any other fundamental socket connection A telnet 1 example looks like mathar mathar gt telnet irws2 8501 Trying 149 217 42 24 Connected to irws2 Escape character is status GEIRS_reply_2 0 694 itime 2 7399310505 cycle type lir cycle repeat 1 coadds 1 ctime 5 4812006566 last filename lt unknown_not_yet_saved gt next filename trash_0001 autosave off error NONE version carmenes irws2 trunk r737M 7 May 20 2015 17 48 39 SINGLE home carmenes status itime GEIRS_reply_2 0 20 itime 2 7399310505 ctype srr GEIRS_reply_2 0 3 OK quit GEIRS_reply_2 0 56 Command return of quit terminates the camera software Connection closed by foreign host The replies contain a header line starting with GEIRS_reply_ a version number a blank and the number of bytes in the main body including any line feeds plus one or more lines in the main body Brackets indicate that switches and or multiple command argument lists are optional Quotation marks around the command lists are usually required to avoid that the shell of the operating system splits the lists The server argument is either a simple name of the workstation on w
232. of the three listed alternatives is allowed Without options status returns the instrument specific status list of file status_ cfg instr If this file does not exist it returns all possible status information of GEIRS like status a e Option a returns all available parameters of GEIRS e Option f file returns all statusses listed in file The instrument s extension e g lucifer is appended to the name if no dot appears in the name e Option sub status string only that specific status information Writes the filename at keyword SKYFRAME into the FITS header Examples Chapter 66 subwin 36 Chapter 66 subwin 37 status returns parameter set defined in CAMINFO status_cfg lt instru gt Most subwin commands dealing directly with HW windows are only meant for use with status a returns all available status information of GEIRS detector engineering status f my cfg returns the status set defined in file my cfg The order of the non numerical parameters clear on off SW auto HW can be swapped status subvin returns coordinates of the 3 sets of subwindows status roe preamp returns only that specific status of the pre amplifiers status state read tells us idle or busy useful for monitoring status opmode NORMAL assuming ROE availabble or ROE SIM software simul status rotype plx the standard online PLX data mode or dgen etc status frame plx the standard online PLX data mode or dgen etc status next r
233. on 5 3 Both files contain i a set of rectangular window geometries in the full frame coordinate system ii a small set of other keyword value pairs and iii comments Because the sfump and the geirs_srreConfig parsers ignore keywords that are not on their individual parameter lists one may use a single merged common configuration file at both places if one whishes to reset a set of windows after each srre read and to dump exactly the same set of windows after each read for monitoring purposes geirs_srreConfig is an executable in the Linux binaries not a command of the GEIRS shell The syntax is geirs_srreConfig i configfile p infodir to translate an existing configfile to the five pattern files 1 infodir multi_win_res_coordinates instru 2 infodir multi_win_res_init instru 3 infodir multi_win_res_lay1 instru 4 infodir multi_win_res_lay2 instru and 5 infodir multi_win_res_pat instru in the directory infodir These five files are replaced overwritten Never call this command before the current readout is finished and GEIRS has written the FITS files Caution while GEIRS is running there is one active pattern subdirectory selected at startup time by default the subdi rectory with the highest version number see CAMROE_REV in Section 3 2 If the infodir parameter provided here is different you will see no effect on the window coordinates in subsequent readouts because the pattern files have been updated in a direc
234. ons in the CAMHOME subdirectory The cmd_ versions connect to the shared memory database of a GEIRS command interpreter running on the local machine no TCP socket is used as one may guess from the absence of the corresponding command line options To this effect it uses the shared memory socket 22 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 created by the same user in CAMTMP when GEIRS was started this basically avoids interfer ences if multiple users are running multiple GEIRS instances on the same computer For the Luci instruments the standard installation in Section 2 6 3 will create indexed versions cmd_ lucil and cmd_luci2 of the command and this may lead to confusion because cmd_ looks up in the user s tmp shmsocket to which port to connect the index of either cmd_lucii or cmd_luci2 does not select the instrument The instrument is the instrument the Linux Unix user calling the cmd_ actually started most recently The snd_ interfaces and geirs_cmdClient are essentially the same where snd calls geirs_ cmdClient which is based on TCP sockets snd_ are shell scripts and supposedly a little slower but they offer a slightly finer control of which shell variables and GEIRS versions are used while executing a command Commands sent from a remote computer from the UNIX Linux shell with geirsCmd s server port p port 1 cmd arguments cmd arguments The standard port is 85
235. ool of Figure 15 shows one frame of the current set of data Contrast and offset of the brightness on the screen may be changed by clicking the right mouse button The contrast of the new display depends on how far up down the cursor is in the image when clicked and the offset depends on how far to the left or right it is This modifies the slope and interception of the function which maps the pixel values ADU s to the brightness An indication which color appearance is equivalent to which pixel value is given by the long color bar right from the main image which stretches from the Min Cut field up to the Max Cut field The display uses a linear map for the translation of ADU s to brightness by default i e after GEIRS has been started A y correction with a power law scaling is available by setting the DISP_GAMMA value of the shared memory database to some different value in the range 0 lt y lt 100 with the put command Section 5 3 for example put DISP_GAMMA 1 4 The default after GEIRS startup is y 1 The magnified subwindow in the upper right corner is selected by clicking with the left mouse button at some place in the main window then moving around with the four arrow cursor keys So a pre selection of the region seen in the magnifier window happens with a left mouse click in the main window and a finer selection may follow by either left mouse clicks in the magnifier window or with the arrow keys Zooming the main window i
236. option incr is given this value is always added to the filename numbering for loading the next FITS file 68 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Chapter 36 log 18 The command has only been used to load a sky background image that is subtracted from the master image in the display Since the shared memory frame buffers are unsigned short integers the image will not be correct if the FITS file is encoded with a different BITPIX value This basically means that most of the FITS files created by GEIRS cannot be read that way because these store correlated output with 32 bits per pixel You also have to switch the cycle type to reset read rr to see the image On negative n file is added to shm 36 log type USER ENG syntax log module switch option s modulename all MSG value str value str J Controls the log level of the software Only the ENG class of users is allowed to increase logging levels The standard USER is limited to change bits in the loglevel and to switch to lower levels but not below INFO Each single UNIX process can be set individually Additionally most source files can be set independently The effective log level is the or ed combination of the main process module and the object source file module in the currently running process A minus sign in front of value removes that value from the setting of the selecte
237. or PANIC and CARMENES but only one core for data transfer for LN and LUCI Because the equivalent selection of plugs is to be made on the ROE side this gives a probably of 3 4 for LN and LUCI to get no data and a probably of 1 2 for PANIC and CARMENES to get swapped images if fibers are plugged in at random Ensure that the OPTPCI driver is compiled and installed 1smod as in Section 2 1 1 Run any of the tests in the appendix of the pattern manual 3 to ensure that data from that board s data generator generate stripes in the GEIRS display Unfortunately starting GEIRS with the Java GUI Figure 5 never generates output on the Linux standard output so that test is not available if that method of starting is used LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 127 Computer PCI Figure 36 Fiber connectors of the OPTPCI board on the rear side of the workstation Note that depending on which riser board is used on the computer the entire figure might look rotated relative to this diagram If more than one OPTPCT is plugged into the computer check the correct DATAINPORT1 DATAINPORT2 setup in scripts GENERIC otherwise make sure this is the dev p1x 00 dev p1x 01 pair 2 Problem GEIRS says ERROR 91 opening line E_camline 91 Solution GEIRS cannot open a socket via the Internet to the readout electronics This indicates errors as already discussed above Either the ROE i
238. or history are used in a macro the macro could stop executing and wait for a carriage return The subsequent pages are a PDF reproduction of the help page generated by texinfo in various formats The intend is to demonstrate to reviewers that this information is indeed available not to provide a reference that is anyway accessible with the online software For this reason four pages of the PDF document have been packed on a single page of the manual this also helps to realize that they carry their own internal pagination The options to read this informations are 1 the File Help button in the controls menu Figure 6 if the full path name of a browser LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 61 2 4 has been set in environment variable CAMBROWSER in the startup file scripts GENERIC This is the same as calling setenv CAMBIN CAMHOME lt branch gt share firefox CAMBIN camera html offline the info 1 command info f CAMHOME lt branch gt share info camera info opening the screen similar to Figure 29 This may be simplified as described in Section 2 6 7 as a PDF document cd CAMHOME lt branch gt texi2dvi clean pdf expand camera texi evince camera pdf the help command entered in the command shell This is a generic account of the command interface and again many of these do not apply to LUCII and LUCI2 in particular the commands that interf
239. org Transmission Control Protocol http en wikipedia org wiki Transmission_Control_Protocol Telescope Control System Universal Resource Identifier http en wikipedia org wiki Uniform_resource_identifier Universal Time LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 5 UTC Universal Time Coordinated WCS World Coordinate System http atnf csiro au people mcalabre WCS 1 5 References References 1 C Storz LINC NIRVANA Infrared Camera Control Software IN MPIA FDR ICS 005 6 Jun 2005 2 V Naranjo LINC NIRVANA IR Detector Control Pattern LN MPIA DES ELEC 007 5 Apr 2008 3 R J Mathar LINC NIRVANA Generic Infrared Software Pattern Constructor LN MPIA MAN ICS 008 13 Feb 2013 URL http ww mpia de mathar public LN MPIA MAN 1CS 008 pdf 4 C Storz V Naranjo U Mall J R Ramos P Bizenberger J Panduro Standard modes of MPIA s current H2 H2RG readout systems in 2012 Astronomial Telescopes and In strumentation Vol 8453 of Proc SPIE Int Soc Optical Engineering 2012 p 2E doi 10 1117712 927170 5 J R Ramos ROCON REad out Controller Board Nov 2009 URL webdavs sk1 geirs roe3MPIA Roconv3 Draft pdf 6 U Mall How to change the IP address of the MPIA ReadOut Electronics 19 Feb 2015 7 R J Mathar GEIRS Application Notes cAHA MAN MPIA GEIRS 0001 24 Apr 2015 8 I F W Group Definition of the flexible image transport system FITS
240. orizontal and vertical axis in the user s standard view of the images i e including any optional modifications introduced by the CAM DETROT90 and CAM_DETXYFLIP Section 3 2 The upper limits of the number for xend and yend in the coordinates are multiples of 2048 depending on how many chips are in the detector and for non square configurations like CARMENES again depending on CAM_DETROT90 and CAM_ DETXYFLIP Ill formatted specifications like those where the quoation marks are missing or the xend is smaller than xstart or yend is smaller than ystrt will be silently dropped If a window stretches across more than one chip it will only be recorded for the chip with the smaller x and y FITS coordinates which in fact means that for CARMENES a window definition with xstrt lt 2048 and xend gt 2049 will define only a window on SCA2 Note that GEIRS will also reduce the windows to fit into the active 2040 x 2040 inner region of the chips reset pixels covering the reference pixels are filtered by the software e DETROT90 integer The same integer as used inside the startup script to initiate image rotations If no such line exists in the configuration file the default is taken from the shell environment variable CAM_DETROT9O of the user who calls geirs_srreConfig If this is also not set the default is 1 for CARMENES and 1 for LUCI e DETXYFLI integer The same integer as used inside the startup script to initiate image rotations If
241. orkstation use the X option as documented ssh 1 In addition if commands are run through a sudo 32This is a deliberate design choice to support smooth processing with the first stage pipeline 330f course this has nothing to do with GEIRS 132 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 e the env_keep list of variables in etc sudoers ought include the DISPLAY variable to forward the variable from the user who runs the sudo to the effective user after the sudo e the effective new user needs to be authenticated with the information of basically Xdefaults of the user who runs sudo see 7 Problem the startup scripts prints some dots and then says Cannot connect to shmmanager Solution The shared memory allowances set in Section 2 5 1 are too small so the shared memory manager does not start Problem the command geirs_cleanup is not found Solution Add CAMHOME scripts to the shell as described in Section 2 6 2 Problem GEIRS fails to open its GUIs claiming that it cannot allocate its color maps Solution close some of the other graphics intense programs that are currently running on the same display and or invest into contemporate hardware 9 4 External Software Of course these things have nothing to do with GEIRS 1 If fv displays in pow a transparent image the kde4 allows to change this behavior by A either lt Shift gt lt A1t gt lt F12 gt mome
242. ossible It is only possible to deactive all of them Still the deactivation needs to be followed by a subwin auto on AND If subwindowing is switched on each subwin command needs to recalculate the whole subwin logic Therefore it is always a good idea to execute first subwin off before changing subwin properties Recommended command sequences subwin off Deactivates subwindowing The rationale is that if subwin is on each command has to recalculate all windows So with the off we avoid that the next Chapter 67 sync 39 two subwin each recalculate windows before the full set of windows has been defined subwin clear clears forgets all tables of previous windows subwin SW 1 100 100 200 300 define add first subwindow with coordinates subwin SW 2 300 300 200 300 define add second subwindow with coordinates subwin auto on recalculate and activate the HW DET windows subwin SW off display save use all hardware windows Example Splitting the full area of the PANIC mosaic into four windows such that they appear as four different images even if the MEF option of the savev is not used subwin off subwin clear subwin SW 1 1 1 2048 2048 subwin SW 2 2049 1 2048 2048 subwin SW 3 1 2049 2048 2048 subwin SW 4 2049 2049 2048 2048 subwin SW on A quick way of switching to full frame mode generating images and returning to the previous set of subwindows is implemented with the following scheme subwin off deactivates al
243. ow coordinates given by FITS string w geirs Subwin 3 4 7 10 waarea Constructor with window coordinates as 4 typle of 0 based IIx lly width and height w geirs Subwin 3 4 7 10 Methods defined here __del__ lambda self I I I I I I I I __getattr__ lambda self name I __ init__ self args Constructor with window of zero area w geirs Subwin Constructor with window coordinates given by FITS string I w geirs Subwin 3 4 7 10 1 w area Constructor with window coordinates as 4 typle of 0 based IIx lly width and height I w geirs Subwin 3 4 7 10 i 1 I I I I I I _repr__ _swig_repr self __setattr__ lambda self name value area self Area in units of pixels squared boundBox self args Compute the window hich is the bounding box super window of this window and another gt gt gt import geirs gt gt gt w geirs Subwin 1 3 4 5 gt gt gt w area 20 gt gt gt w2 geirs Subwin 3 5 6 7 gt gt gt w3 w boundBox w2 gt gt gt w3 area 72 gt gt gt w3 detsec 2 9 4 12 gt gt gt w3 contains 3 4 True clipRef self contains self args Determine whether a point is inside the window The two arguments are the x and y coordinate of the point gt gt gt import geirs gt gt gt w geirs Subwin 1 3 4 5 gt gt gt w contains 2 10 countSplit self args crossChip self args datasec self ar
244. own are nevertheless enabled LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 35 The defaults are read from the file CAMTMP CAMDEFAULTS which was created by GEIRS during the most recent shutdown The small symbols to the right end of these fields indicate a type of action e Circles are multiple choice selectors e Down triangles are scroll down menus e Squares are buttons that toggle binary values changing to green if activated Right or left triangles are incrementors or decrementors of an editable field e No such symbol appears for push buttons or text entry fields Asterisks announce opening of additional standalone GUls Presence absence of the asterisk shows whether the window will be closed opened if the button is pressed After you press a11 Figure 4 the subsystems most noticably the ROE are initialized and the GEIRS window of Figure 6 will appear At that time all recent instrument patterns send com mands to the ROE which switch most of the ROE s LED s off The LED s of the network card of the ROE cannot manipulated by these software means and must be taped to shield their light The button OK compares the current parameters of the command server with the parameters pro posed in the GUI and skips the initialization if the two sets are the same Actually both the Controls window Figure 6 and the main display window Figure 15 may be suppressed by removing the gui a
245. p 3 2 1 1 2 2 0 1 1 2 3 1 and 0 2 2 1 So there are not 12 but only 8 image operations available Those of the 24 that appear to be missing are group operations which would try to generate images where North and South remain not opposite to each other but end up at right angles The transformation r f is an element of a non abelian group of order 8 The group multiplication table is shown in Table 1 The 8 group elements are e the unit element no change of the image e the three pure rotations r 0 with r 1 2 3 generated by 1 0 of order 4 e the two pure flips 0 1 and 0 2 each of order 2 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 135 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 0 1 1 1 0 2 1 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 0 1 1 1 0 2 1 2 1 0 1 0 20 3 0 0 0 1 1 0 2 1 2 0 1 2 0 2 0 3 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 1 2 0 1 1 1 3 0 3 0 0 0 10 20 12 0 1 1 1 0 2 0 1 0 1 1 2 0 2 1 1 0 0 3 0 2 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 11 1 2 0 2 1 0 0 0 3 0 2 0 0 2 0 2 1 1 0 1 1 2 2 0 1 0 0 0 3 0 1 2 1 2 0 2 1 1 0 1 8 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 Table 1 Cayley multiplication table of the group of order 8 constructed with the CAM_DETROT9O and CAM_FLIPXY keywords The operation on the left is executed before the operation on the top e and the two flips along the two diago
246. pending on the instrument s to be used cd CAMHOME INFO svn checkout https svn mpia de gulli geirs nirvana trunk Nirvana if LN Permissions can of course also be set by someone else in the bin subdirectory after the INSTALL Starting in early 2015 the patterns are also in the tar ball and the following can be ignored 14 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 svn checkout https svn mpia de gulli geirs luci trunk Luci2 if LUCI1 or LUCI2 ln s Luci2 Luci if LUCI1 or LUCI2 ln s Lucil Luci if LUCI1 or LUCI2 svn checkout https svn mpia de gulli geirs panic trunk Panic if PANIC svn checkout https svn mpia de gulli geirs carmenes trunk Carmenes if CARMENES There is no public read accesss to this repository Requests to obtain rights on the repository need to be directed to Florian Briegel at the MPIA The standard way of distributing the source code is that the GEIRS maintainer currently the same as the author of this manual obtains full access to the computer on which GEIRS is run and installs the software there The OBJECTS directory is initially empty and may optionally be filled with individual observer s catalogues and serves to speed up Calar Alto telescope pointing operations during a night This is irrelevant for LBT instruments and CARMENES The MACROS and scripts directories are not under SVN and cannot be obtained that way and do not need to be obtaine
247. prd time in Figure 6 the increase in time is 128 x 10 ms 0 00013 s This number is for a single read for an lir double read this becomes 0 0025 s which will usually be announced in the controls GUI of Figure 6 as twice as that as long as the repetition factor is kept at 1 because the group of the first read reset read and the second read reset read is added all up A more detailed timing analysis of the most recently enabled pattern is kept in CAMTMP timing cmds log and status subwin shows some of the window geometries that are involved 3 A coarser measured timing of frame arrival times on the workstation is found in the EOFRM keywords in the FITS headers As a practical result of this analysis one does not loose time if windows are stretched along their maximum extension along the fast direction So for LUCI an assignment of the format subwin SWirywh can always be replaced by subwin SW x 1 w 2048 expanding the window up down For PANIC the assignment can be replaced by subwin SW 1 y 4096 h expanding the window right left over both detectors This will keep the integration times almost constant but lead to larger detector regions in the FITS files 8 7 Higher resolutions Eh The fact that the MPIA electronics reads 32 channels of 4 quadrants of the Hawaii 2 detector chip in parallel leads to a characteristic pattern of 32 time ramps of pixel reads across the detector Figure 35 illustrates for a single full fram
248. r 4 with the benefit of noise reduction PCOADDS 1 ct of coadded plateaus periods SCOADDS 1 ct of software coadds Software coadding is selected by the option i of the save command Section 5 3 and indi cates how many frames have been added to generate one image SWMSAMP O ct software multisampling NCOADDS The product of HCOADDS and SCOADDS 1 ct effective coadds total EXPTIME 2 667059 s total integ time The exposure time spent on creating an image Usually this equals the integration time If the data have been created using a repetition factor larger than one command crep and keyword NEXP EXPTIME still is the time for the single image in case of saving the images in a FITS cube the time for each individual slice in the cube If the data have been saved with the i option of the save command EXPTIME is the product of NEXP and ITIME because each pixel in the image represents the arithmetic sum of the pixels in the individual exposures If the exposure was aborted ITIME is the scheduled integration time but EXPTIME the shorter exposure time derived from the arrival time of the frames on the GEIRS computer FRAMENUM 1 OF 1 as save range 1 based enumeration of the images or of the frames if single frames are stored For images this is only relevant if the Repeat option was used to generate a series exposures with a constant set of parameters Repeat entry in Figure 6 and crep in Sectio
249. r the benefit of the others Saving some areas of the frames into files while the non destructive reads of multi correlated readout modes are ongoing This is some internal software trigger feature build into GEIRS and shall be called the guide mode This is configured with the sfdump command Section 6 6 GEIRS started for CARMENES uses this to create snapshots of each read during the multi correlated non destrucive reads in preparation of its pipeline step that reduced these frames to a single image The general setup is that any mix of these three window clipping features with three different sets of windows is active enabled LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 87 5 6 2 srre Readout Mode Section 5 6 2 is of no relevance to PANIC or LINC NIRVANA because either the detector or the ROE does not support this Principle of Operation On some MPIA readout electronics that control Hawaii2 RG detectors 11 that is actually only CARMENES and LUCI now the srre readout mode has been intro duced It is characterized by reading frames of the detector non destructively while the detector is integrating and resetting some of the pixels after each of these reads This readout mode is activated with the ctype srre command Section 5 3 and has the same global behaviour as the srr timing The parameter of the ctype srre has the same meaning as for the srr it is the number of reads and t
250. rame each 1 3 seconds LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 131 12 13 14 9 3 Problem Some of the FITS keyword values of the LUCI FITS files are wrong Solution This happens regularly when the online tool which generates the additional keywords as described in Section 6 2 is left alone and further FIT S files are generated using GEIRS as a standalone reader The FITS keywords generated by the online tool take priority over keywords of the same name generated by GEIRS but soon they become obsolete when they are no longer refreshed by the online tool GEIRS can not do much about this because it does not know by which means it receives its commands and how often the online tool updates this information Operators who set aside the online tool should clean the file with echo gt tmp geirsPhduAdd 1luci _2 before continuing taking data with GEIRS standalone Problem The single frame dumps of CARMENES seem to miss some frames in LIR mode Solution Operate GEIRS in accordance with standard parameter ranges In detail e Avoid disk full states e Do not abort the reads in correlated double sampling modes before the second frame is read The first stage pipeline will reject processing output of that kind with error messages e Do not impose heavy disk I O loads besides GEIRS s own automated guide mode dumps unless you are sure that your disk writing speed exceeds the throughput of t
251. rdmode_ Het 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6612 RL mathar Nirvana timing Start roe_crep 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6612 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 741 0 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6612 RL mathar Nirvana timing Start BOES crep 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6615 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 717 0 12 21 23 1 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6616 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 718 0 1 5 1 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6619 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 718 0 2 ES PH 4294967295 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6619 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 718 0 3 1 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6620 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 718 0 4 iz e 1 tout 2 5 6 E a 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6621 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 718 0 4 5 1 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6624 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 718 0 6 12 14 4294967295 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6624 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 716 0 5 65535 tout 2 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6624 RL mathar Nirvana timing _End proc_crep 2013 02 04 17h05m11 6625 RL mathar Nirvana gt CAMERA 33 740 0 tout 2 co 17h05m11 6626 RL mathar Nirvana timing _End roe_crep Figure 13 The monitor opened with the Module RoeLog Mon menu of Figure 6 Another logfile is opened at UTC midnight so one needs to close and reopen this GUI after midnight Ku Nirvanamathar GEIRS Cmd Listing 2013 02 01 21h02m09 9700 inter i quit 2013 02 04 15 36 27 start_n
252. re on the workstation can in addition cut through regions of these hard ware windows it received this post processing we call SW windowing This has no further essential effect on the integration times The result of this 2 stage clipping hardware then software are basically the pixels displayed in the GUI and saved to the FITS files Instead of the intricate manual SW and HW window setup there is the auto option where GEIRS assumes that the SW windows are to be acquired from HW windows of minimum envelopes areas So the astronomer defines the result of the geometry of the software windows and the GEIRS software converts these windows to larger HW windows and loads the associated pattern windows to the ROE the on off or clear may also be placed after the SW auto or HW For performance reasons it is recommended to define first the list of SW windows then to activate the windows via a single subwin on auto Background computation of the pattern windows and the communication with the ROE is inactive as long as the subwins remain off So one can delay that computation by defining the geometries in the off state to switch them on only once at the end subwin on auto will clear all HW windows and then redefine the HW windows for the instrument via the currently defined list of SW windows If the instrument has no HW windows defined enabled full frames are read out and windows are generated by SW windowing Subwindows are on
253. readout modes before releasing that space at the time of a save The GENERIC file uses defaults which are slightly dependend on the name of the workstation on which GEIRS is run 2 6 5 Disk Allocation There is no automated removal of administrative files by the software Users need to look into the CAMHOME DATA directory the CAMTMP and in particular in CAMHOME 1log for obsolete and large log files left behind The amount of space required by various log files depends in particular on the value assigned to LOG_LEVEL in configure ac in the source directory That default level depends on whether the source code is compiled on a computer with MPIA IP address or elsewhere Some files grow without bounds so it is useful to split them into subfiles in regular intervals with crontab 1 for example one time per day when the instrument is not used A shell script to automate this is proposed in GEIRS lt branch gt admin glogRotate sh If 1 glogRotate sh is copied to CAMLOG where CAMLOG is usually CAMHOME log 2 this is made executable with chmod x glogRotate sh and if 3 the associated entry as proposed in glogRotate sh is added with crontab e into the sched ule of the usual account that runs GEIRS this infinite growth of files is limited by the daily growth An alternative with a richer set of options is GNU Rot t log 2 6 6 FITS 2 6 7 info The info file camera info is available which is basically supported by adding also
254. reak lt s ee e 4 64 i me bse 8 bout eS oe dd Ba HG aE SEES 122 8 6 Hardware Windowing e e s aa e steem a a 8450 bane de dd ee de a we we 122 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 v Sf Higher resolutions a s sg a d anrs pa adaa e we A es 123 8 8 Bright Sources os acs as aosa Bb Ea E AR ee eee e es 124 TROUBLE SHOOTING 126 9 1 ROE Interfaces ss sea pee wag Phd e deed dae eRe Pees 126 Or SOMWA e 6 a ae ra tee ew a Re ae dir OE ee a eee a 129 93 Operating System Dasg d sa GSE Yee Eee Ree Eee ee bee ee ds 131 QA External Software og scs os abe BP ER ee a eee ele ea eas 132 BEYOND GEIRS 132 A 1 Installment of anew ROE IP address 0 2 020200 004 132 Asi Usin RO232 e mas 6 ae edie Peek ee eee eG eS 132 A12 Using ethernet 10 0446 eh a a a ae me a ee a i 133 A2 Image Rotation s osmosis eh da BR ee ek es 134 A3 Remote Sound s s s s s a saed ed 4 Be a Os bee ae we Be 135 AA Network Times 405 40 acs ee Bae ee Ee ee ee we peed Bate 139 Ai DA ood a aes A DS AA A a RS aS 139 AD Eorwarding barda he deh ee a A ee Ee de Ge dk we E 139 A 5 2 Tunneling 224564 te ii asida eens haw eet caked be whe 140 A53 NX cent omiso dra naa EE GE Se SS HERR RS YS 141 ADA ODEO areire ec ete age Ge E A gm 141 AG Oe Fonts s egdim esua png Bp 8 a Ree Pats GOS i wes GE Ae we Boe ed 142 JANG TVS ese in E ae tag teed eet ra Ge en eke ee eee eee ee a toe ge 142 AGT Choppiie MEP sas sisone ee
255. recision methods for locating the celestial intermediate pole and origin Astron Astrophys 450 2 2006 855 872 doi 10 1051 0004 6361 20054550 15 A H Rots P S Bunclark M R Calabretta S L Allen R N Manchester W T Thompson Representation of time coordinates in FITS time and relative dimension in space Astron Astrophys 574 2015 A36 doi 10 1051 0004 6361 201424653 16 A M Fowler I Gatley Noise reduction strategy for hybrid ir focal plane arrays in T S J Jayadev Ed Infrared Sensors Detectors Electronics and Signal Processing Vol 1541 of Proc SPIE Int Soc Optical Engineering 1991 pp 127 133 doi 10 1117 12 49326 17 A M Fowler I Gatley Demonstration of an algorithm for read noise reduction in infrared arrays Astrophys J 353 1990 L33 L34 doi 10 1086 185701 18 MPIA MoCon Motion Controller Board Programmer s Guide moconProgrammersGuide Nov 2010 19 U Mall C Storz CARMENES NIR channel Readout electronics and software FDR 04C2A E in section 2 6 2 the factor 0 5 of the voltage divider is wrong The actual value for the CARMENES racks is 0 699 30 Jan 2013 20 U Mall IR ReadOut Electronics Technical Manual 1st Edition Jan 2013 2 INSTALLATION 2 1 External Software 2 1 1 Plx The Linux driver for the PCI bus delivered by the manufacturer PLX of the main chip on the OPTPCI board which is designed by MPIA is expected to be installed in
256. red memory is indicated by cat proc sys kernel shmall or sbin sysctl a fgrep shm or ipcs lm As root this may be momentarily changed by sysct1 8 sysctl w kernel shmall To allow this configuration to persist through rebooting the computer it is recommended to modify etc sysctl conf like kernel shmall kernel shmmax shmmax is the maximum memory of a single allocatable chunk of shared memory in bytes and shmall is the total allocatable shared memory in units of pages where a page is typically 4096 bytes as indicated by the output of getconf PAGE_SIZE or the number of shmni generated above This is not recommended for versions that have actually been run in production because one might want to roll back and recompile if for instance the operating system and the drivers or the compiler have been updated 16 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 A full frame of a 2k x 2k chip comprises 4 x 1024 4 194 304 pixels which amount to 2 x 4 194 304 8 388 608 bytes with a 16 bit ADC LUCI LINC NIRVANA or 4 x 8 388 608 33 554 432 bytes for a mosaic of 4 chips PANIC or 2 x 8 388 608 16 777 216 bytes for a mosaic of 2 chips CARMENES The minimum requirements for the allocatable shared memory is roughly twice these numbers because the software uses a scheme of two alternating buffers These values may be taken from the shmmanager wanted lines in the standard ou
257. related Image The construction of a correlated image from the set of the frames is the same for srr and srre An optional number Nj of first frames out of the N frames that have been read is ignored dropped For each pixel the standard linear least squares fit is generated individually through the N N frames that have not been dropped Such a fit needs at least two points on the time axis to draw a line because one cannot fit a line through a single point to get a slope Accordingly if the number of frames that would remain is N Ng lt 2 these frames are not actually dropped but used to define the fit The slope of that fit is multiplied by the number of time slots along the ramp which is N 1 to calculate the count equivalent to the full integration time along the ramp This number is stored in the FITS file for that pixel The number of dropped frames is by default Ng 1 with the current release of the software It can be changed online with the use command use srr skip O for example would set Ng 0 and hence incorporate all N frames in the fit for all subsequent exposures status use shows the current parameters for all readout modes The choice to ignore the first frame the frame just after the reset to define the ramp is a matter of experience with the frames for most of the detectors at the current mix of idle and read modes Broadly speaking the reset frame is often too bright even 20 Actually the raw number is multipl
258. rently the case on one of the two LUCI computers at the LBT and on elablx01 and irws2 at the MPIA 128 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 c The internet connection to the ROE does not work see above Occasionally this is caused by temporary congestion and the error log monitor will display timeouts and sending the patterns again to the ROE with the Re init ROElec button of Figure 6 or the init camera command of Section 5 3 will remove the problem d GEIRS was not started in simulation mode but the ROE does not respond for any of the reasons described in Section 9 1 e The rotype has been set to dgen the OPTPCI data generator Execute status rotype in the GEIRS shell to see whether this is the case and set it back with rotype plx 4 Problem The detector images appear to be basically flat zeros because the raw single frames prior to the subtraction are highly saturated near the maximum of 65 535 counts Solution This has been observed if the CARMENES detector is operated at rather warm or ambient temperatures This can be improved by rising the external bias voltage applied to the chip s from the default value 2 2 V to values near 2 5 or 2 6 V The value would be altered with the bias command Section 5 3 in the style of bias deti extbias V 2 55 bias det2 extbias V 2 55 The same effect has been observed with the LN detector after cooling down the entire optics and
259. rep read The final argument is a floating point number in milliseconds exact to three fractional digits ie microseconds The command without argument returns the current status 16 dir type USER syntax dir filenames Executes Is 1 in the current directory The output stops after each page to proceed with the next page enter lt RET gt to abort the output enter q lt RET gt Chapter 18 engstatus 9 17 display type USER syntax display p rivate_colors or t ruecolor c olors o verlay layer i mg fmt ookup table x xserver f font n ice Opens a GUI with the display of the detector readouts some detector engineerig capabilities data visualisation and some kind of statistics of ADU variances e c of colors 4 240 default 100 e l color lookup table gray temp heat default gray ize 256 512 1024 default is 256 for Magic CAHA and Max UKIRT 512 e i image for others e x display in which the window is to be opened e g xt28 0 e f font family e g lucida e n nice reduces the priority value nice 3 is the default e color depth usage e p without argument tries to get private colormap e t without argument tries to get truecolor colormap e o without argument tries to get visual in overlay layer Color selection rule results depend on the X Server e default try pseudocolor then try truecolor then try pseudocolor overlay layer i
260. rivers that access GEIRS from the outside expect to find them at fixed locations in the directories 6The only difference between the lucil and luci2 options for now is that some DX and SX symbols appear in prompts or FITS keywords and that the noise and gains reported in the FITS headers differ That list of differences will probably become larger in the future LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 33 Observer mathar Camera Nirvana Camera Optic very high res Detectors 1 detector s Detector Output 32 channels Data offline RO Electronic offline Motors not available Temp Controller not available Telescope LBT Focal Ratio f115 Status offline OK all cancel Figure 4 Startup screen to start GEIRS In the associated shell script a set of configuration decisions have already been made Most of the screen shots of this manuscript show the result of setting CAMFONT to helvetica in scripts GENERIC for example The startup script shows the remaining disk file capacity on the initial FITS file directory The guideline is that readout electronics detectors and fiber channels inbound via the OPTPCI boards are not shareable resources The number of GEIRS instances running in simulation is not limited apart from details mentioned elsewhere but the number of GEIRS instances handling any real ROE or OPTPCI board at a time must
261. roller V3 00beta Jan 10 2013 33 6 0 4 System ready Now set the IP address 192 168 3 160 for example 33 30 0 192 168 3 160 Note that there are blanks instead of dots separating the four numbers of the IP address The new address can be read back after a soft reset 33 8 0 a pushbutton reset or a power on reset 33 31 0 The ROCon boards responds 33 31 0 2 192 168 3 160 33 31 0 1 If necessary the subnet mask can be set with 33 34 0 255 255 255 O The Subnet mask can be read back after a reset see above 33 35 0 Don t forget to set switch 5 to OFF for regular operation with new IP address A 1 2 Using ethernet In case of configuring via ethernet your computers network adapter has to have an IP address in the same subnet as the ReadOutElectronics Then you can telnet the ReadOutElectronics on port 4000 gt telnet 192 168 3 167 4000 Trying 192 168 3 167 Connected to 192 168 3 167 Escape character is The ROCon board responds with a message like this 33 6 0 4 C0S_XC161 V2 16 Jul 11 2007 33 6 0 4 ReadOut Controller V3 00beta Jan 10 2013 33 6 0 4 System ready The next step is to login and reserve a module number 33 21 0 user 33 22 0 mpia 33 23 0 For every command the ROCon board sends acknowledge 33 21 0 1 33 22 0 1 134 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 33 23 0 1 Now setup new IP address 192 168 3 160 for example 33 30 0 192 1
262. rrelated images but also the bare frames for debugging purposes e CPAR1 1 cycle type parameter This is the integer parameter given to the ctype command Section 5 3 basically the number of frames that are correlated in the multi correlated modes Fowler sample up the ramp 16 17 The value is actually a filtered version of the command in case that the associated save mode does not support a variable parameter If the integration along the ramp was disrupted with the abort command the value is still the one that was scheduled when the read started not the smaller number of frames that were actually read 110 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 ITIME 2 667059 s on chip integration time The scheduled integration time The actual integration time may have been shorter if the exposure was aborted see EXPTIME CTIME 5 345815 s read mode cycle time CRATE 0 187062 Hz read mode cycle rate The value is basically superfluous because it just shows the inverse of the cycle time HCOADDS 1 ct of hardware coadds Hardware coadding was an option with other instruments this parameter always equals 1 in the current versions of the read out electronics EMSAMP O ct electronic multi sampling The electronic multi sampling correlated with the roe command Section 5 3 Values of 0 or 1 mean sampling once with the ADCs otherwise the value may be 2 o
263. rt yend fitsIn fits gt fitsout plt which means that the command line argument is the name of the FITS file with the image and the output is redirected into some other file This output file will be roughly a factor of 4 larger than the input file and the program will run slowlier than some people would expect In almost all cases the field will be too crowded to get useful response times from gnuplot while rotating the image so the option r allows to take only a rectangular subarea of the image where the 4 arguments are 0 based ranges for the two pixel axes different from the FITS convention The output contains lines with three values which is the x coordinate of the pixel the y coordinate of the pixel and the value in the image at this pixel This ASCII file has been targeted for use with a gnuplot 1 session e g like gnuplot gnuplot gt set xlabel x pixel gnuplot gt set ylabel y pixel gnuplot gt set zlabel adu gnuplot gt splot wi li insert the fitsout plt file data name here gnuplot gt set grid gnuplot gt set contour base gnuplot gt replot gnuplot gt set logscale z gnuplot gt replot fitsImg2Asc r 200 800 1200 1800 Example fitsIn fits gt fitsout plt Histogram The syntax to generate a gnuplot X11 window or EPS file with a histogram of pixel ADU values is triggered by the h option as follows fitsImg2Asc h d 1 N bins m min M max a xmin xmax ymin ymax
264. s crep count read quit exit repeat count read macro othermacrofile repeat count macro othermacrofile and accumulates the sum over the products If the itime argument is zero it is replaced by an estimate of 1 3 seconds 5 4 4 Macro Generators Lengthy macros can essentially be created by any other high level language with loop control We provide some examples based on languages that are available on Unices 80 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Shell Here is an example of a bash shell executable with a double loop which generates 18 read save cycles three different values of the ems parameter and six different subframe coordinates The bash script would be put in a file like tst sh and generate the macro with chmod x tst sh tst sh gt tst mac bin bash for e in 1 2 4 do echo roe ems e for w in0 12345 do echo subwin auto 1 w 128 w 128 128 128 echo read echo sync echo save i f 2 echo subwin clear done done awk Another example of a double loop put into a file tst awk and then generating a macro calling awk as awk F tst awk gt tst mac BEGIN emsarr 1 emsarr 2 E emsarr 3 wxy 1 wxy 2 wxy 3 wxy 4 wxy 5 for e in emsarr printf roe ems d n emsarr e for w in wxy printf subwin auto 1 d 4d 128 128 n wxy w 128 wxy w 128 printf read n sync n save i f 2 n subwin cle
265. s and are defined by keywords in the GEIRS patterns and potentially modified by the bias command The comments show the DAC inputs in the range 0 4095 for the most recent GEIRS version e CREATOR GEIRS rjm r700M g64 May 16 2013 15 51 59 Nirvana GEIRS SVN branch version timestamp and pattern directory e EOFRMOOO EOFRMOO1 EOFRMOO2 These keywords denote end of frame time of arrival of the last byte of the frames in the GEIRS DMA buffers The units are the same as the STRT_INT and STOP_INT units i e UT seconds in the range from 0 to 24 x 3600 the number of seconds per day Details More precisely the keyword EOFRMOOO is not a time that marks the end of a frame but a start of triggering the read therefore the time difference between EOFRMOOO and EOFRMOO1 depends on the idle modes The number of values with postive index is the product of CPAR1 and NEXP covering the entire set of frames If the exposure was aborted the number of values is smaller For the correlated double sampling modes the arrival of the reset frame is not measured and the even indices with the exception of 000 are absent Where CAMDPORTS equals 2 Section 3 2 each time is the mean of the two arrival times of the parallel streaming through both fibers The first differences are added in the comments and ought to be basically the same on the milliseconds level e PERCTO25 PERCTO50 112 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Install
266. s done by pressing the minus key or the minus key in the auxiliary keypad or one of the the page up keys in the auxiliary keypad or CTRL left mouse button to the same effect or the plus key or the plus key in the auxiliary keypad or one of the the page down keys in the auxiliary keypad or the equal key or CTRL plus right mous button to the same effect The minus key zooms out and the plus key zooms in The current region covered by the main display is indicated by a green square in the auxiliary overview window which displays a yellow cross to indicate the current cursor position The auto zoom button turns from green to gray while only a portion of the full detector area is in the main window Moving translating the region in the main window may be done by click holding the left mouse button in the overview window and moving the cursor Alternatively CTRL or shift combined with middle mouse clicks in the main window moves the region in a direction and with a stride depending on where the cursor is relative to the center of the main window The green rectangle in the overview window indicates the current region visible in the main window Clicking on the AZ autozoom button is the quickest way to re center and re scale the main window to the full detector region Some on line data processing techniques are available These techniques affect only the displayed data not the raw data saved to disk In addition there are various helpful options
267. s not powered on or the GEIRS configuration of the CAMPORT in the GENERIC startup script does not match the ROE s actual IP For debugging note that GEIRS displays the current value at startup with a line of the format Setting ROE port to tcp 192 168 3 xxx 4000 on the Linux shell and also in the RO Electronic field of the GUI in Figure 4 For a quick temporary check whether the IP address is the culprit one can either use the engineering GUI in Figure 5 or set the environment variable CAMPORT before starting GEIRS because as mentioned in Section 3 2 the startup script does not override an existing value 3 Problem The cycle time stays at zero seconds in the GUI Potential causes a The pattern files in the directory GEIRS INFO instrument where instrument is Lucil or Luci2 here have not been installed correctly Section 2 2 or the value of the en vironment variable CAMINFO Sec 3 2 defined in the scripts GENERIC file points to a wrong or non existing directory b GEIRS never got the init camera command Section 5 3 This command is actually submitted by clicking all or OK in the startup GUI Figure 4 However if the two main processes shmmanager and cmdServer and or the other processes control disp are called directly from the UNIX Linux command line without using this interface the command may not have been issued This can be submitted for example with the Re init ROElec submenue of Figure 6 30 This is cur
268. seful feature is that when an object is set the airmass panel will display the object s current airmass in graphical form though there is no obligation to actually move to the object See also Section 4 6 for a description of the format of such an object catalogue 4 3 5 Air Mass Window Section 4 3 5 is only relevant to PANIC not to any other instrument The airmass window Figure 26 graphically displays the airmass of the currently selected object red dot as well as a tracing of the airmass over several hours of time blue line The number of hours depends on the width of the window This feature is particularly useful when used in conjunction with object files This feature is only useful when used in conjunction with object files or in simulation because GEIRS has no information on the actual telescope pointing for this instrument Objects selected and set from an object file will show their current airmass in the airmass window The airmass plot will automatically reset to the current telescope position whenever the GUI queries the telescope computer for the current position for example when a read command is finished The airmass window can be turned off by reselecting the Airmass option in the file menu of the telescope control panel Figure 25 Using the quit option in the xwindows menu will also close the telescope control panel LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 57 A Airmass v a a
269. st user if this is a new session as detailed in the GEIRS manual Otherwise the directoy should be a full path name which will be created if not yet existing and if the operating system allows it If the file name is missing it will be derived by upcounting from the previously saved file names typically by incrementing the trailing digits The first argument should be a blank separated list of FITS type choices Here 1 means to create FITS cubes M means to create FITS image extensions S means to store the individual frames instead of the correlated images z means to use FITS tile compression and so on Details are in the GEIRS manual gt gt gt import geirs gt gt gt g genCmd status gt gt gt g expose srr 3 10 gt gt gt g genFits 1 M flori0001 y disk d data In 20151111 shutdown self Terminate the GEIRS command server and all GEIRS read and save processes gt gt gt import geirs gt gt gt g geirs GeirsSrv lircs 8501 gt gt gt g startup gt gt gt g genCmd status gt gt gt g shutdown gt gt gt quit startup self Start the GEIRS command server gt gt gt import geirs gt gt gt g geirs GeirsSrv lires 8501 gt gt gt g startup Note that this will first try to shutdown any session which is alive which may lead to a spurios intermediate error that the session cannot be reached Wait anyway until the standard initial
270. t dependence on the CPAR1 parameter number of Fowler pairs which is already incorporated in the cycle time 8 5 sfr with idle break If the readout mode is single frame read with idle mode break the time is t sec Ny x tcyc Sec 0 06 x Ny 11 8 6 Hardware Windowing The action of hardware windowing Section 5 6 1 skips line set blocks along the slow readout direction of each of the detector chips The slow direction is parallel to the stripes of the 32 readout channels For Hawaii2 RG chips run with an odd CAM_DETROT9O parameter LUCI CARMENES the slow direction is left right in the images For Hawaii2 RG chips run with an even CAM_DETROT9O parameter PANIC the slow direction is up down For Hawaii2 chips LN the slow direction depends in which of the four quadrants the subwindow is placed Neglecting details the time is shortened proportional to the number of pixels that are not fed into the 32 ADC s because the conversion takes the lion s share of the readout time An estimate of the maximum speedup and associated shortest integration time relative to the full frame readout is obtained by projecting all hardware windows on a per chip basis for the Hawaii2 RG and per quadrant basis for the Hawaii2 as shadows onto their slow directions which defines a set of one dimensional pixel intervals overlaps merged where occurring Due to the back to back mounts of Hawaii2 RG s for PANIC and CARMENES the orientation of
271. t gt configuration files Example wheel focus new updates the relative focus correction information to the current wheel positions for all filters which are tagged via CHKFOCUS correction in the wheelN lt instrument gt configuration files Note that this call does not change the on off state Focus correction is always done relative to the last filter combination which was saved at the last filter correction action Application note Focus settings beyond the wheel focus control through the program will remain correct and will lead to correct relative focus corrections as long as neither wheel filter exchanges nor manual focus changes occur while the GEIRS state is wheel focus off To enable the correction of the relative wheel focus after wheel changes and manual focus settings had been done in off state use wheel focus new to discard the previous information on the relative focus correction that was remembered by the server and to update it with the current focus initialisation of wheels does not change focus but activates the focus correction for the next wheel usage At initialisation time the focus correction is correct 80 3 relative syntax wheel wheel relative offsetsteps wheel 2 rel 25 Moves wheel2 25 steps backwards 80 4 init syntax wheel init Chapter 81 xserver 49 80 5 warminit syntax wheel initwarm 80 6 dialog syntax wheel dialog on off The syntax with
272. t move remove the QueueFiles dynamically cautiously synchronized with the save or gather more information from the shell or user environment and use standard branching switching statements of the shell LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 31 Examples of actions in the QueueFiles are ds9 calls Section 4 3 3 or examination of test files with the script in test QueueFiles of the source directory Panic uses this file to add CAHA ambient data to the place where forthcoming save processes pick up additional FITS information This interface is a specialized by time and place of the invocation call to the operating system The system command Section 5 to the shell offers the more flexible and general interface 15 An equivalent action for CARMENES was removed for CARMENES in r748 because this needs to be done via a wget call on their infrared computer which turned out to introduce more jitter in the timing than accepted by the instrument team 32 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 4 GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE GUI The software handles all infrared cameras at Calar Alto Therefore the observer once having used one system will easily feel at home with the other cameras Changes are introduced only due to different hardware 4 1 Start up Standard It is useful to check with ps C geirs_shmmanager whether someone else is already runni
273. t to be uploaded to the telescope focus with the same functionality if the 3 5m telescope was selected If the name of an element occurs more than once in the elements panic file GEIRS effectively uses the first hit while searching through the file from above If the actually installed element is the second for example one might simply put the first of the lines in a comment to let GEIRS skip it 120 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 7 2 PANIC Specific One turn of the filter wheel is equivalent to 200 x 563 42 2680 952 steps of the motor controller that is 7 44709 steps per degree A full turn of the cold stop wheel is equivalent to 200 x 88 x 563 42 235923 8 steps The difference in the two positions for the 2 5 and 3 5 m telescopes is half a turn 117961 9 steps These ratios are relevant from the operator s point of view ifthe wheel relative variant of moving wheels is used see Section 5 3 because the last number as the argument to that command is in units of motor steps The 6 positions of the filters on each axle are roughly equidistantly spaced by 60 To replace a filter an intermediate position is needed at an approximate angle of 97 5 or 726 steps away from its in beam location 97 5 cw looking with the beam onto the filters 97 5 ccw looking from the detector onto the filters The other 3 wheels need to move one of their Open positions to the same
274. te the pattern files in the pattern subdirectory geirs_srreConfig i CAMTMP srre cfg p CAMINFO Carmenes_r9 start exposure in srre mode snd_carmenes_new ctype srre 10 snd_carmenes_new read snd_carmenes_new sync snd_carmenes_new save or configure and start exposure in srre mode snd_carmenes_new ctype srre 10 CAMTMP srre cfg snd_carmenes_new read snd_carmenes_new sync snd_carmenes_new save 96 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 Support Routines e There is also an option to extract the brightest regions from a FITS image with the syntax geirs_srreConfig f fitsfile N wincnt w width h height v r o fitsofile gt configfile that reads the FITS image in the file of the f option employs a set of windows each as many pixels wide and high as specified by the w and h options and extracts the brightest regions by a count delimited by the N option and dumps the coordinates of these windows to the standard output The option v increases verbosity and lets the program report also the average ADU s in the computed subwidows If the options width and height are missing they default to 20 If one of the two width or height options is present and the other absent the missing value will be set to the existing resulting in square windows If the option N is missing a default of 10 is substituted The option o followed by the name of a FITS file which must not yet
275. tead The option c triggers a continuous read of crep images until abort read is a background process and should be paired with a sync when used in a macro or from a batch control program If read detects that a read is already running it refuses to start and shows on behalf of the process that is already busy the cycle time repetition factor and current number of frames in the two alternating buffers in the error message In case that smooth termination of that read is not desired one should consider sending abort see Chapter 1 abort page 1 52 repeat type USER syntax repeat command arg Repeat the command as often as given by the integer at the hash sharp position The command is always executed as a foreground process inside repeat Background calls are not possible Example repeat 2 macro xyz repeat 2 test Chapter 53 roe 27 53 roe type USER syntax roe command or parameter value string last Control or status of ROE and pattern parameters e default sets all parameters controlled by this command to the instrument default e General options e pread 1234 sets pixel read time to 1234ns nearest value e pskip 200 sets pixel skip time to 200ns e Iskip 300 sets line skip time to 300ns e options e crep restart crep loop ROE macro is doing the cycle restart e crep count ROE macro only counts down the cycles seen but the cycle loop is do
276. ted Save The save button saves the most recent image s obtained using the currently defined save options Filename The name of the next file to be saved by pressing the Save button at the beginning of this line or by issuing a save command from a script One can either specify a name or a root In the latter case the filename is the root plus a four digit integer which will be automatically increment by one each time a save is executed By specifying the root the system looks for the highest free filename If a filename ends with a number this number will be increased Save Options Calls up a save configuration panel Figure 9 which defines the default way in which to save images The file name to be created next is defaulted The range of frames to be saved follows in the next line of options The area is the data section in pixels in 1 based FITS coordinates equivalent to having defined one software window The main choices are whether to save individual exposures as separate disk files equivalent not to activating any of the push buttons x integrated to integrate them add them up arithmetically and save only a single image FITS cube to store the individual frames as layers following the 3 dimensional FITS cube standard MEF to add the M option to the save command and end up with the multi extension FITS format were images and subwindows are stored as FITS extensions one extension per window see Section 6 5 42 LU
277. tests or special calibrations 58 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 A Gnuplot 100 jtr_rd ms mean 30 2 stdv 2 5 min max 23 7 44 6 n 97 number of same time measure 0 1 10 os 0 S 10 15 Deviation from mean in ms 7 92042 16 0775 Figure 28 Jitter Statistics Gnuplot Window 4 4 1 Setting up the camera for an exposure Before you start make sure you have selected the proper paths for your data etc see Figure 6 at upper right You should also set the root name of the files to be stored on disk which is also done in the camera control window The instrument is completely setup in the camera control window Here you select the read out mode and the exposure times to name the most important 4 4 2 Taking exposures An exposure is taken by pressing the Read button below centre in the camera control window Although this exposes the image it is only read into the memory of the instrument computer There you can use it to take a look at it on the real time display measure background level seeing etc there If you decide to keep the image you also have to decide on the mode on how to save the data e g as a FITS cube individual images stacked images by opening the Save Options window Figure 9 with a click of the right mouse button onto the Save Options button of Figure 6 Once set you save the data by pressing the Save button Due to the double bu
278. th the instrument s name panic as the suffix The dash or the star in a position in a line of the CAMBIN admin fmacros panic means that the macro should not move the wheel wherever it currently is Dashes are currently used for all macro lines at the position of wheel0 the cold stop wheel 7 1 3 elements Properties of each named position of a wheel are defined in CAMBIN admin elements panic After the name there are only three properties configured for now separated by white space 1 a sort of manufacturer s ID This string is not actually used anywhere in the software 2 a detector focus offset to be uploaded to the telescope focus for compensation of the OPD if that element is in the beam and the 2 2m telescope was selected at startup The total optical path is calculated as the sum of these compensations before the motion and after the motion of the filters If these two path differences differ and focus correction is activated GEIRS sends the difference via the tele focus command to the telescope The total OPD is calculated only over the set of wheels for which the CHKFOCUS property is set i e not in a comment line in their whee1 panic file The requested focus adaptation is compared with the value returned by the telescope if both differ by more than 0 002 mm a warning is issued This warning may pop up a GUI unless the motor GUI s are silenced with the wheel dialog off command 3 a detector focus offse
279. that did not arrive on the workstation cannot be saved There is an explicit and an implicit method of saving the frames which means generating FITS files 90 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 X File y Color v MagMode 7 SubArrays Carmenescarmenes Display vtrunk r732M 6 r Pixel 929 915 10232 Radius minimax mean dev FWHMAIx af13 bf cuts 6627 11879 9352 0 foo oo First Masa AZ Tomi Jerr Figure 32 Zoomed view of an example of a CARMENES exposure with 14 x 16 reset windows on the right detector chip This is the fifth frame in a ramp of five The command save generates a single FITS file by calculating a least squares linear fit through almost all N frames of each pixel The command has a parameter S which allows also to save individually each of the N raw frames and the command may be repeated to generate both the correlated image and the set of raw frames Section 5 3 Note that the parameter N impacts both i the time that is needed for the save due to calculating the fits and ii the disk space that is required for the save S If one would save for example all CARMENES raw frames obtained at the minimum period of the aforementioned 1 4 s equivalent to a data rate of 16 MB 1 4 s 11 MB s the CARMENES disk space of 180 GB would be exhausted after 180 000 11 s 16 000 s 4 5 hours Note that th
280. the HDU this is fname_0001_win1 fits 1st window first image frame fname_0001_win2 fits 2nd window first image frame fname_0002_win1 fits ist window second image frame fname_0002_win2 fits 2nd window second image frame The first part of the file name is under user control with the standard mechanisms Section 5 3 but not the trailing part of the underscore wini and suffix e With 1 each window is stored in a separate file Each image is a slice in a FITS cube of the primary HDU fname_0001_win1 fits first window all frames as a cube in primary HDU fname_0001_win2 fits second window all frames as a cube in primary HDU The first part of the file name is under user control with the standard mechanisms Section 5 3 but not the trailing part of the underscore wini and suffix e With M each image is stored in a single file the second third HDU and so on contain the various windows of the image fname_0001 win1_1 fits 1st image frame first window on first chip fname_0001 win1_2 fits 1st image frame second window on first chip fname_0001 win2_1 fits 1st image frame first window on second chip fname_0002 win1_1 fits 2nd image frame first window on first chip fname_0002 win1_2 fits 2nd image frame second window on first chip fname_0002 win2_1 fits 2nd image frame first window on second chip In general the extension name starts with win attaches a number starting at 1 for the infrared c
281. the current reset windows in the pattern directory are dumped to standard output In the third syntax the input FITS file is scanned for bright regions which are used to define the places of the reset windows This proposal of reset windows is written in configuration file format to the standard output EXAMPLES Version trunk 1748M 1 Tue Dec 8 2015 1 86 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 5 6 Windows 5 6 1 Window Classifications and Nomenclature GEIRS uses three basic types of windowing for a variety of different purposes 1 Sets of sub areas of the full frame detector images which are read from the detector and saved to the FITS files The geometry is configured by the subwin commands to the command interpreter Section 5 3 The underlying actions are that only sub areas of the detector are read out followed by some clipping of the resulting information by the GEIRS software What is created by the detector and readout hardware is called hardware windows and what is in left by the further reduction within GEIRS called software windows This is what is usually meant by an infrared astronomer talking about subwindows This appears to be implausible instruments with bigger and bigger cameras are assembled why would one discard some of the information in the images The dominant reasons are that i one can increase the frequency of image generation Section 8 6 if the obje
282. ther detN nor biasindex are given detl or the explicit biasname are used to set the destination If the arguments DACdigits or Voltages appear more than once the first bias is addressed as shown above and the subsequent values are written to the subsequent biases in order Each DACdigits is an integer between 0 and 4095 The V may also be written in lowercase v Note that the external bias one per detector is set with extbias Examples bias det3 4 100 3248 280 set 3 ADC values for bias indices 24 to 26 bias 4 100 3248 280 set 3 ADC values for bias indices 4 to 6 bias 24 100 3248 280 set 3 ADC values for bias indices 24 to 26 bias Vreset 3248 444 set 2 ADC values for bias indices 2 and 3 bias det4 Vreset V 2 8 3248 V 0 5 set 3 values for indic 32 to 34 bias 33 returns status of det4 bias indices 31 40 bias Vreset returns status of deti bias det3 returns status of det3 bias extbias 2300 sets the extbias for detector1 bias det4 extbias 0 sets the extbias for detector4 Tf called without argument the current setting of all detectors is shown 6 cd type USER syntax cd directory Changes the directory for save operations reminiscent of the UNIX cd 1 The command checks the capacity of the filesystem of the new directory If the capacity is below some value the command issues a warning Chapter 9 control 4 If the current default filename for the save operations was given
283. tion file The first command line argument is the file name of an existing FITS file which is to be modified i e rewritten on return The second argument and optionally further arguments are ASCII files structured very similar to the template files used with http hea asa gov fitsio fitsio html and https heasarc gsfc nasa gov ftools caldb help fmodhead txt TEMPLATE FILE SYNTAX Each of these may contain empty lines and comment lines starting with that have no effect It may contain lines starting with the dash that demand removal of the keyword from the FITS header If that keyword does not exist this does not have any effect The keyword may have regex expressions to deal with a group of keywords at once It man contain lines that embed two keyword names between colons or between exclamation marks so there are three of these delimiters in that type of line This is a syntactical extension to template files of fmodhead fthedit and the cfitsio templat ts header cards with names matching the regular expression delimited by the first two colons have their names substituted by the substitutional expression between the 2nd and third colon Values and comments remain as they are It may contain lines that start with at least 8 blanks The rest of these lines is turned into COMMENT lines that are appended to the FITS header Finally all other lines are interpreted as keyword value comment triples in FITS
284. to that address 19 and that a ping command with that numerical address from the GEIRS computer gets an answer from the readout electronics ping 192 168 0 14 ping 192 168 0 24 ping 192 168 0 34 If messages of the sort INFO MPIA ROE3 reset 33 8 0 1 INFO Seen ROE3 rocon DETFPGA version 3 1 7 5 INFO Seen ROE3 rocon ADCFPGA version 3 0 2 2 appear when GEIRS is started up the network interface between the host computer and the ROE is working For instruments with single chips LN LUCI check that the two fiber heads have not been swapped on the OPTPCI side where they enter the workstation or to the same effect on the ROE side where they enter the ROE rack If the fiber connection is disrupted messages of the E_ptimeout 21 timeout on OPTPCI interface kind appear in the GEIRS logs because GEIRS waits longer than expected for the video data The OPTPCI board offers plugs for two fiber pairs on the rear side of the workstation that receives the detector data The basic industrial application of this type of hardware connector is bi directional network data transfer but the MPIA ROE uses them only for one way detector image data transport of the 16 bit data from the ROE into the workstation so two of the plugs are never used and usually covered by some dust cover Figure 36 20 Effectively a single fiber pair connects an ROE and an OPTPCI at the workstation Both fiber cores are used for data transfer f
285. tory which is not used by GEIRS There is a limit set to the number of window within the software to ignore windows that would not fit into some layers of the detector FPGA of the ROE geirs_srreConfig ignores the abundant ones i e drops those that are late in the file If configfile does not start with a slash the full path name is CAMTMP configfile if the environment variable CAMTMP is set otherwise TMPDIR configfile and then TMP configfile if either TMPDIR or TMP are set and eventually just configfile praying that this makes sense relative to the current working directory of the caller If infodir does not start with a slash the full path name is CAMINFO infodir if the environment vari able CAMINFO is set otherwise CAMHOME INFO infodir if CAMHOME is set then HOME GEIRS INFO infodir LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 95 if HOME is set and eventually just infodir praying that this makes sense relative to the current working directory of the caller The maintenance of the srre configuration is quasi static 1 As seen above the configuration is represented by an existing set of files in the active pattern directory in the computer s file system As long as nobody changes these files by either calling geirs_srreConfig or running the ctype srre command with a file argument or switching to a different version of the pattern directory or editing the files by any other met
286. tput created during startup Section 3 A guideline of the shared memory for production where GEIRS runs at most two instruments on the computer at the same time would be half of the total memory available on the machine These numbers are obtained with cat proc meminfo free under openSUSE or CentOS The effect is basically a cap on the number of frames that can be swallowed at one time so it puts limits on the length of the sample up the ramp modes on the repetition factors of most modes and the number of pairs of Fowler modes 2 5 2 Subnet This subsection is obviously not GEIRS specific but a generic hint to configuration of the host workstation If the rack of the ROE electronics are given IP addresses on local networks the file etc sysconfig network ifcfg typically for openSUSE on the GEIRS workstation needs to be augmented with the additional subnet s and mask s by lines of the format IPADDR_ir2 192 x x LABEL crs ia Details depend on how the GEIRS workstation is known to the subnet This is tested by powering the devices up and pinging the devices from the GEIRS workstation ping 1 On behalf of GEIRS there is no need to add a nameserver for these devices working with the 4 byte numerical addresses in the startup script suffices If such entries are missing GEIRS cannot communicate via Ethernet with these devices 2 6 User Configuration 2 6 1 Directory Layout The standard directory layout o
287. trol window 0 55 4 3 5 Air Mass Window 56 4 3 6 Time Jitter Windows e 57 44 Taking data ca 5 4 be ee debeeeeaae ches be eee tee bade ane 57 4 4 1 Setting up the camera for an exposure 0 00 0000 ee eee 58 iv LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 442 Taking eXposuleS sost os aira ra Se a e Rs A 58 4 43 Image inspection with the real time display 59 AS Saving data sa e aa e ea e da ra ara a te a 59 AG Object catalogues oi 2 6 G2 4 eee a RS AE ee RS aa da 59 5 COMMAND INTERFACE 60 Si Double Butler i i 44 gw aed e e ea a pS Eee da ek ae 60 Diet Parer sese oe A Hw eel Oh a Goh 8 ee eer ae ance Bie we eh He Be 60 5 3 Command List s s usarios rra d Oe Eee wee a ee 60 Dit Macros cata gate ea Pak wee eA A eae Ree oe 78 5 41 Aim and Configuration sses PRA ee ee ER ee et 78 5 4 2 Syntax Checker 222424046448 04 644 6 eu WSS ee ee i 78 5 4 3 Total Integration Time 4 2 444 2 22544 66 Booed be ke ee REG 79 5 4 4 Macro Generators 79 0 9 Shel Commands s s s s sase asr wa glach adag A o dok Sw A we She 81 Dio WitdOWs se lt 440 2 aaa A a e Ms a dE Gee 86 5 6 1 Window Classifications and Nomenclature 0 4 86 5 6 2 erre Readout Mode orto a ee ee Ha oe tias a 87 Oat Tutorial s q Sa eat Hie ie eS ee ees eS ea we RAPA oe SS we oa ee 97 Boll ead SyNC SaVe ou pa 2 ow ea ele baa dae a ee a e a 97 A
288. type of break point at the end of the idle cycle before switching to the read mode Using break has the advantage of starting the reading with the least possible overhead but it usually leads to visible edge effects in the next frames because the clocking through the detector was interrupted at some position along the slow direction For this rea son this parameter defaults to wait for all instruments There is an intermediate type called auto which is equivalent to wait for integration times shorter than some config urable threshold and to break for longer integration times The associated command is idlemode in Section 5 3 Idle Type The idle mode is the usually periodic pattern of voltages applied to the detector lines reading and resetting while the ROE s ADC s are switched off such that no data are actually transferred via the fibers to the workstation GEIRS supports four choices 1 ReadWoConv Read without conversion Reads and resets execute the same timing pattern as in the read mode The cycle time of these idle cycles is the same as the main mode including the prolongations by any integration times this aspect plays a major role if the Idle button has been switched to wait 2 Lir Line interlaced read A cyclic repetition of the read reset read pattern at the minimum integration time which means the integration time implied by clocking once through the detector at the current pixel time 3 Rlr Reset level read
289. uced There are two optional placeholders s and d in the string The first is replaced by the name of the new file the second by the increasing number of the frame This string should be ending on a amp to put the callback in the background Otherwise if the callback needs more computation time it might block the next round of the callback to be executed The implementation is based on system 2 calls so redirection of its stderr and stdout need some embedding into sh calls Each of these configuration lines may be followed by a slash and a comment This trailing part does not matter to GEIRS Header cards with other keywords than those listed above are ignored The line lengths in the configuration file do not matter much but the keyword and value part must not surpass the standard 80 bytes of FITS header lines This effectively puts a limit on the length of the FDIR A rough check that the configuration file is readable is made at the time sfdump is used Attempts to open and read the configuration file are done later with the next read Example of a well formed configuration file COMMENT xample file like sfdump cfg WIN2 40 100 700 900 first window EXTNAME WIN2 size 61 x 201 FDIR tmp mathar fits directory of FITS SFR files FNAM sf the FITS files will be sf0001 fits sf0002 fits WINS 80 110 700 900 second window EXTNAME WIN5 overlaps with WIN2 COMMENT PIDSGL 1 TSTMP
290. uffers To stabilize the operation mechanism against overloading by too frequent or too large window files the implementation simply skips frames that are scheduled to be created while a previous frame is still being worked on The operator may in addition slow down the dumping frequency below once per read with two keywords in the configuration file The relation between the number of created FITS files Np the integer subsampling factor s and the number of frames N effective optionally after abortion in the RAM is N 1 S Nr 1 7 Also note that this final save is not flagged as done at the end of the exposure because obviously that computes a correlated image from all the previous frames and is of a very different kind of quality depending on the save mode There requirements to install activate this concurrent eaves dropping mechanism are 1 The sfdump single frame dump command Section 5 3 is called to tell GEIRS which sections of the windows or full frame are to be written where The creation of these pixel data files happens up to the time it is switched off with sfdump off or until GEIRS is shut down The sfdump command actually points to a configuration file that contains the bounding boxes of the windows geometries and auxiliary parameters 2 The readout mode is one of the multi correlated modes Fowler sample up the ramp The single frame dumps are not created for uncorrelated or single correlated
291. um for this instrument The outcome is different for other instruments GEIRS generates FITS images with 2 bytes per pixel when storing single frame data created either through some single frame read cycle type or by using the S switch of the save command or from the single frame dumps of the guide mode and images with 4 bytes per pixel for all the others created by correlated cycle types So the simplest filter for fishing for FITS files with correlated images in the local directories of CARMENES assuming no data cubes were stored is to select FITS files larger then 30 MB for example find name fits size 30M 106 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 because the single full frame files are slightly larger than 16 MB and the correlated full frame files are sligthly larger than 33 MB 6 2 Online Keyword Modification Section 6 2 is irrelevant for CARMENES because there are no auxiliary FITS data on the NIR computer Supervisor software can funnel primary header keyword lines into the new FITS files by writing them into the CAMTMP geirsPhduAdd instrument or CAMTMP geirsPhduAdd instrument_i file before the FITS file is generated with the save command For the two LUCI branches the instrument is already ending on either 1 or 2 This number is not the index used here Here i is a small integer from 1 to 5 The effective line set is the concatenation of the lines in these fi
292. v SubArrays _v Pixel 20491024 0 Radius a3 ef cuts minimax 651 24 FWHM flx oo oo First_ a JAA Tom Jer Img 1 Figure 31 The CARMENES image generated by the linear fit through 4 frames see Section 5 6 2 associated with Figure 30 the CARMENES workstation we have R 32 GB and each raw frame needs 2 x 2 x 2048 B 16 MB So a maximum of 32 000 2 16 1 000 frames can be stored N lt 1000 4 e The fundamental idea of the srre mode is to clamp bright pixel regions The parameter N defines not only the number of reads along the ramp because the number of resets equals the number of reads it also defines the number of resets along the ramp Let Is denote some estimated maximum integration time that can be tolerated for saturation and memory effects in the reset regions then N 1 gt I I 5 e Monitoring variations in flux supposedly variable sky transmission due to cloud coverage cosmics and so on proposes to set a maximum time difference between samples of the order of Te 1 minute On that ground N 1 gt I Te 6 e The parameter N is implemented as some sort of delay between two scans of the ROE through the detector From the point of view of the software on the workstation it leads to an arrival of N frames less if aborted at regular time intervals N 1 during the ramp This gives a strict constraint on the FITS data files that can be created because data
293. vantage of using two channels which at the same time implies using both fibers of the connection from the ROE to the computer is that the data transfer is more stable If the parameter CAM_NDET has been set to 1 GEIRS silently reduces CAMDPORTS to a value lt 1 if this environmet variable was 2 CAMREADPARTSZ CAMEOFCONV Indicates a number of end of frame bytes generated by the ROE Not used nor tested so the default is zero CAMEOFERR Selects whether errors related to the CAMEOFCONV and or CAMEOFPCHAN flags are logged as hard errors plus messages on the shell or as warnings CAMEOFPCHAN Nonzero values indicate that end of frame bytes are inserted by the ROE into the data of each port as check marks to allow some over underrun tests by GEIRS This feature is not used nor tested CAMMODE Takes influence on the buffering scheme of the shared memory with a number of buffers then set by the CAMINTFBUFS environment variable Usually not defined which means defaults to zero CAMSERIALEOL_RD Number of end of line characters for serial communication with the ROE reading CAMSERIALEOL_WR Number of end of line characters for serial communication with the ROE writing CAMSERIALSPEED Baud rate of serial communications with the ROE CAMSERIALDELAY Delay between transmission of individual bytes on serial lines CAMMOTSERDELAY Delay between transmission of individual bytes on serial lines connected directly through a line conne
294. ve itime kills lamp last load satcheck save tdebug telescope telgui tempcontrol temphistory tempplot test SSS SS AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA AAA El Welcome to Info version 5 Type h for help m for menu mathar mathar nk extern readline Next abort Prev dir Up dir of GEIRS the Generic Infrared Detector Abort the execution of save or macro Play alarm sound Move aperture wheel En disable automated save Detector voltages Set get file name that summarizes exposures Switch directory En disable file overwriting Continue after pause Camera control GUI Modify a counter variable Cycle repeat count Cycle time Detector cycle type readout mode Set get value of parameters Delay between readout cycles Contents of current directory Detector image GUI Current ROE parameters GUI Shutdown server or terminate macro Parallel filter wheel positions Current FITS header Parameter in the shared memory Main GUI This manual of commands here Command history of the GEIRS shell Detector cycle mode while idle Initialize ROE telescope or motors Startup configuration GUI Set shell mode to batch or interactive Integration time Kill a GEIRS subprocess Power of calibration lamp CAHA Most recently saved file name Read a FITS file into shared memory Change software log level Contents of current FITS image directory Execute macro Median statistics of buff
295. ve manipulation of parameters and exposures with the GUI 2 Interactive submission of commands with a text interface to the GEIRS shell Figure 10 This interface is richer than the set of GUI buttons because many commands do not have a perfectly equivalent button 3 Commands sent from the computer on which GEIRS is running from the UNIX Linux shell with cmd_luci1t cmd arguments cmd arguments cmd_luci2 cmd arguments cmd arguments snd_luci1 s server port p port cmd arguments cmd arguments snd_luci2 s server port p port cmd arguments cmd arguments or cmd_lucii_new cmd arguments cmd arguments cmd_luci2_new cmd arguments cmd arguments snd_lucil_new s server port p port cmd arguments cmd arguments snd_luci2_new s server port p port cmd arguments cmd arguments or cmd_lucil_old cmd arguments cmd arguments cmd_luci2_old cmd arguments cmd arguments snd_lucil_old s server port p port cmd arguments cmd arguments snd_luci2_old s server port p port cmd arguments cmd arguments or geirs_cmdClient s server port p port 1 v filfc cmd arguments cmd arguments The difference between using or not using the new and _old suffixes is that the start script sets the CAMBIN environment variable to different subdirectories of CAMHOME so one can conviently keep a set of different GEIRS versi
296. when used in a macro or when called externally 4 autosave type USER syntax autosave yes on no off p filename devname s Ff a Elm Er nt 22 1 Ei Ed Fe Eb or gl Enables disables automatic save operation after during a read The switches are explained with the save command If the command is used with arguments the first one must be one of yes on no off If called without parameters the current status of autosave is returned Chapter 6 cd 3 5 bias type ENG syntax bias detN biasname biasindex DACdigits V voltage DACdigits V voltage For the MPIA ROE the detector biases may be set via the detector control board by use of DAC s Changing settings via this command is restricted to the ENG class of operators The HAWAII 2 i e Nirvana detector uses 3 biases DSub VReset VBiasGate and 1 external bias extbias For HAWAII 2RG Panic Luci CARMENES detectors each detector is controlled by 10 biases DSub VReset VBiasGate VnBias VpBias VnCasc VpCasc VBiasOutBuf RefSample RefColBuf and 1 external bias extbias These names of the biases can be written in mixed upper lowercase characters The argument detN is det1 up to det4 depending on the number of detectors in the camera If detN is given the biasindex is between 1 and 10 inclusive If detN is not given the formula biasindex 1 40 10 1 defines the detector number If nei
297. which has the advantage of a full frame reset avoiding saturation in all areas of the detector but reads all pixels only once 4 The voltage of the external bias may be increased Section 9 1 5 Taking an idle mode with the most frequent resets is also advantageous to avoid persistence effects button in Figure 6 and the idlemode command Note that for a srr mode with two reads the ReadWoConv may be faster than the default Lir idle mode because the associated cycle time may be slower if the integration times are short anyway The Reset idle mode is the fastest one offered 6 If the saturating regions on the detector are a few and the problem at hand is rather a problem of large contrast through the areal regions some detector types and instruments offer to mask these i e reset them frequently with the srre mode Section 5 6 2 126 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 9 1 TROUBLE SHOOTING ROE Interface Problem No data appear and the main screen of Figure 15 remains black GEIRS emits errors of the sort that init returns error codes equivalent to timeouts while trying to connect to the camera Check list First check that the rack of the readout electronics is powered on Then ensure that the shell variable CAMPORT Section 3 2 in the scripts GENERIC is correct including the TCP marker and the port number that the readout electronics has actually been set up to listen
298. while is uses kernel buffers for reading i e while a read command is active The advice is to use only the standard tools for shuting down GEIRS as documented in this manual 7 Problem Communication with the ROE times out with messages like ERROR 23 Command gt ctype srr 4 returned errorcode 23 E_ctimeout 23 timeout from camera control line This is occasionally caused by very high traffic in the network The associated timeout is set to 5 seconds generally and to 10 seconds at the MPIA network in camsend h and can be increased followed by recompilation with make install if this is a permanent problem 9 2 Software 1 Problem An attempt to start GEIRS does not open the GUI of Figure 4 but instead it just shows some process list of the operating system with processes like geirs_shmmanager geirs_cmdServer and says that some shmsocket exists There is some output that says cannot attach info page Solution This means that GEIRS is alread still running which means you or someone else with access to the user account has started it and did not shut it down Ring up all people in that user class and ask them whether they are still operating the readout electronics and figure out with tail GEIRS debug log when the last action of this session took place If you are absolutely sure that there is no harm done by forcing that application to quit you may call geirs_cleanup to kill that GEIRS application and then try again to start
299. wise it is the TCP socket and port for the communication with the ROE If the data generator of the OPTPCI board in the computer will be used for test purposes described in 3 but if no ROE rack is available or if this rack is switched off some fake address of a non responding computer should be inserted here In the simulation mode GEIRS produces fake images and FITS files by placing spots at randomized positions across all detector chips in the field mimicking a seeing close to one arcsecond It does not try to communicate with the ROE via the network or to receive image data through the fibers The positions are randomly selected for each of the images they are not drawn from any star catalog In the simulation mode the pointing direction is randomly selected from zenith angles between 0 and 60 degrees and no preference in azimuths Motors Irrelevant because GEIRS does not control LUCI motors Temp Controller Irrelevant because temperatures are neither controlled nor monitored by GEIRS for this instrument Telescope This entry is fixed and triggers a selection of geo positioning data of the obser vatory that end up as FITS header cards and UT ST converter parameters in the telescope control GUI Focal Ratio This entry is fixed and only effects writing a FITS header keyword Status This is always offline because GEIRS does not communicate with the telescope controls The virtual pointing and catalog operations described further d
300. with tar xzf boost tar gz cd boostx _0 bootstrap sh prefix HOME b2 install CentOS with gcc 4 4 The compilation in the previous paragraph does not work using the old gcc 4 4 7 which is the CentOS 6 4 default unfortunately still relevant to LUCI and results in tons of compiler errors Since only the regex library will be needed it suffices to compile this part alone Usually this requires to build bjam first Two installation options 12 LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 e Ifyou do not have root access start from the source from http sourceforge net projects boost files boost jam and compile bjam with tar xzf boost jam tgz cd boost jam 3x sh build sh cd bin ln s boost jam bin bjam e If you do have root access run yum install boost jam The regex is then compiled by running bootstrap sh and b2 as above followed by cd boost_1_ libs regex build bjam install 2 1 5 Other gnuplot Gnuplot will be called to create 2D plots with horizontal and vertical cross cuts and 3D plots of the detector images if clicking the plot button in the images GUI If the executable gnuplot is not found when GEIRS is compiled all associated graphing functionality will be disabled The recommendation is if which gnuplot does not find the executable install the package zypper install gnuplot under openSUSE or the equivalent yum install gnuplot under CentOS
301. wnload automake from ftp ftp gnu org gnu automake and install with tar xzf automake 1 15 tar gz cd automake 1 15 configure prefix HOME make make install automake version For each of the packages grab the most recent versions the versions quoted above are for illustration only 2 1 3 Compilers In case the person to install the operating system did not have have software development in mind and just went on with the standard distribution various developer packages will be missing c The GNU C compiler is not distributed with the default layout of openSUSE 13 1 If which g revals that this is the case use sbin yast2 the Software management search for gcc and post install the packages Include the Fortran packages because there is still HEASOFT software that is written in Fortran gcj The GNU Java compiler is not distributed with the default layout of openSUSE 13 1 If which gcj revals that this is the case use sbin yast2 the Software management search for gcj and post install all gcj packages 3The exception are machines where TwiceAsNice is to be compiled which does not work with automake 1 15 yet LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and User s Manual Issue 2 344 11 Under CentOS there is no such gcj package This means one would need to compile the fuller version of gcc for example as described in recompileGCC pdf Note that this particular compiler is not needed to compi
302. wo may differ from zero The regular update of EXPO_NO if not intervened by such commands is to start at one as GEIRS is started then to increase by one for each read where it does not matter if the FITS file name is changed in between If the cycle repetition factor is chosen larger than one Repeat in Figure 6 or command crep in Section 5 3 the EXPO_NO is the same in all the individual files that are created FILENAME normal0003 fits The filename of the FITS file in the local file system of the detector workstation as requested by the observer LUCI2 MPIA MAN DCS 001 GEIRS Installation and Users Manual Issue 2 344 109 If the source file save c is compiled with the preprocessor option GEIRS_CREA_SAVE_LINK defined a link from the file given by FILENAME to a file with canonical name derived from STRT_INT is created at run time This may facilitate robotic archival software and even be a trivial form of overwrite protection but has been disabled by default because in the eyes of the principal GEIRS developer links may confuse operators with little knowledge of UNIX type operating systems e TPLNAME macro template name Name of the macro file Section 5 4 if applicable Empty if the observation was driven on a command by command basis e TIMERO 2667 ms TIMER1 2667 ms TIMER2 o us Three time intervals that help debugging the GEIRS timing e PTIME 1 pixel time base index PREAD 100
303. ws in the geometry and names of the FITS files After such preparational step the two commands read start ADC conversion and data transfer between ROE and the host computer and save convert RAM data to FITS file s define the fundamental cycle of generating the images The configuration may be changed after each read save cycle This allows the higher level control software to examine the quality of the FITS images before starting another exposure with the same or modified parameters To simplify operations any sub sequence of these commands may be packed into macros ASCII files in a subdirectory which are callable by a single command GEIRS is shut down by sending a quit command to the command interpreter This leaves the ROE in its most recently selected idle mode until powered off Instruments specific aspects will probably be bundled in a set of macro files related to scenarios like calibration flat fielding and or star magnitudes once the details of the windowing and timing patterns are fixed 1 4 Acronyms 2MASS http www ipac caltech edu 2mass releases allsky index html ADC analog to digit conversion ADU analog to digital unit ANSI American National Standards Institute http www ansi org ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange http http en wikipedia org wiki American_Standard_Code_for_Information_Interchange CAHA Calar Alto Astronomical Observatory http www caha es CARMENES Calar Alto Hi
304. y make lib modules 3 11 6 4 desktop build No such file or directory Stop make BuildDriver Error 2 when the PLX driver is installed further down This is the case if the following test does not find the build directory of the Linux distribution of the current system unamer uname r cd lib modules unamer build ls l include This usually means that openSUSE was installed without the developer version of the kernel which is one of the options while installing the OS but not included by default This is basically cured by running sbin yast2 selecting the Software Management the Repositories and post installing the kernel deskop packages On a freshly installed CentOS 7 the error message was triggered by an incorrect symbolic link to a non existing build directory in 1ib modules 3 10 0 123 6 3 e17 x86 64 which had to be repaired 2 We start from the Linux version distributed by PLX unbundle everyting in usr src and first set two enviroment variables which are obviously extracted from the corresponding portions of the file name cd usr src export PLX_SDK_VERSION_MAJOR 7 export PLX_SDK_VERSION_MINOR 20 plxdir PlxLinux_v PLX_SDK_VERSION_MAJOR PLX_SDK_VERSION_MINOR mkdir plxdir Caution if you have more than one version link the one just extracted rm PlxLinux ln s plxdir PlxLinux mv PLX_SDK_Linux_v PLX_SDK_VERSION_MINOR zip plxdir cd PlxLinux unzip zip tar x tar
305. y menu of Figure 15 with the software windows 50 Subarray menu of Figure 15 with the hardware windows 51 Auxiliary options after pressing the plot button in the main display GUI Fig 15 52 Plots derived from the Display GUI after OK in Figure 21 53 Cuts dropdown Men s e raae d eoe a aaa a a a GEESE 54 Frame integration dropdown Menu e 54 Telescope control window e 55 Airmass over time Widow 57 Jitter Statistics Summary sa p o sa 6 a ee ee A ee A de 57 Jitter Statistics Gnuplot Window ss ect 06h 2 he Pe a eG ky ee ee ele 4 58 Example of the window opening if info camera is called from the Linux shell 77 Example of a CARMENES exposure with 74 reset windows on the left and 68 reset windows on the right detector chip each 102 x 102 pixels This is the fifth frame in a ramp Of fyes lt 2 24282464 2 e958 44 4b ee a oP eee Re ee SR ES 88 The CARMENES image generated by the linear fit through 4 frames see Section 5 0 2 associated with Figure 30 22 42644 ese ae vee Dee eG ae eee g 89 Zoomed view of an example of a CARMENES exposure with 14 x 16 reset windows on the right detector chip This is the fifth frame in a ramp of five 90 Image generated by the linear fit through 4 frames associated with the CARMENES Figures se a eo bk alisado eh a A RR Ge ae eS 91 Upper plot N raw frames at intervals N 1 in the computer s RAM Lower plot Np

Installation and User`s Manual - Max-Planck

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents